Owner`s Manual - Dealer e

Owner`s Manual - Dealer e
Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, value
for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a
customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,
you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to
your specific Kia vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement
parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
i
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2015 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in
whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS
AMERICA, Inc.
Printed in Korea
Introduction
1
How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process /
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag
Features of your vehicle
4
Keys / Door locks / Trunk / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors /
Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc.
table of contents
Driving your vehicle
5
Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system /
Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.
What to do in an emergency
6
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.
Maintenance
7
Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid /
Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Light bulbs / Etc.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
8
Index
I
ii
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
• Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-6
1
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
1 2
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various types of safety
instructions in this manual. These
instructions were prepared to
enhance your personal safety.
Carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these instructions.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new Kia vehicle is designed to
use only unleaded fuel having a
pump octane number ((R+M)/2) of
87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
CAUTION
Never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank
other than what has been specified. (Consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.)
WARNING - Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off.
Attempts to force more fuel
into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the
ground causing a risk of fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
✽ NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the fuel cap open
warning indicator
light will illuminate.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol
may be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 10% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Ethanol provides less
energy than gasoline and it attracts
water, and it is thus likely to reduce
your fuel efficiency and could lower
your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1 3
Introduction
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recommends that customers do not use
fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10 percent.
✽ NOTICE
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty does not cover damage to
the fuel system or any performance
problems caused by the use of “E85”
fuel.
1 4
Other fuels
Using fuels such as
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine damage or cause misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst melting, clogging, abnormal corrosion,
life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives
such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Kia does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the cluster may come on.
✽ NOTICE
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty.
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control
System. For more information on
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,
please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline. If
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive
added to the fuel tank at every
7,500mile or every engine oil change
is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to use
them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
* How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
* Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
* How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
* How fast the vehicle was traveling.
1 6
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Exterior overview II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW I
■ Front
- 4 Door
- 5 Door
1. Hood ......................................................4-31
5. Outside rearview mirror..........................4-43
2. Headlamp ..............................................7-69
6. Sunroof ..................................................4-36
3. Fog light ................................................7-69
7. Wiper blade ............................................7-36
4. Tires and wheels ....................................7-42
8. Windows ................................................4-26
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OUB024003N/OUB025003K
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW II
■ Rear
- 4 Door
- 5 Door
9. Door ......................................................4-17
13. Rear wiper blade ................................7-37
10. Fuel filler lid ........................................4-33
14. Center high mounted stop light ..........7-79
11. Rear combination lamp ......................7-73
15. Rear window defroster........................4-87
12. Tailgate (trunk) ....................................4-24
16. Antenna ..............................................4-125
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OUB025004N/OUB025008N
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-18
2. Central door lock switch....................4-19
3. Power window switches ....................4-26
4. Power window lock button ................4-29
5. Outside rearview mirror control
switch ................................................4-44
6. Hood release lever............................4-31
7. Fuel filler lid release lever .................4-33
8. Trunk lid release lever (4 door) .........4-22
9. Steering wheel ..................................4-40
10. Steering wheel tilt control lever.......4-41
11. Active ECO button ..........................5-45
12. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ..............................................4-47
13. ESC OFF button .............................5-27
14. Heated steering wheel switch
(if equipped)....................................4-41
15. Idle Stop and Go system OFF button
(if equipped)....................................5-40
16. Fuse box .........................................7-56
17. Brake pedal.....................................5-22
18. Accelerator pedal
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
2 4
OUB021001K
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Instrument cluster.............................4-46
2. Horn .................................................4-42
3. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-42
4. Light control/Turn signals .................4-77
5. Wiper/Washer...................................4-81
6. Ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button .................................5-5, 5-7
7. Hazard warning flasher switch ......4-77, 6-2
8. Audio ..............................................4-125
9. Climate control system ...........4-88, 4-98
10. Shift lever...............................5-13, 5-16
11. Steering wheel audio control........4-126
12. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-42
13. Glove box .....................................4-114
14. Parking brake lever ........................5-24
15. Power outlet .................................4-121
16. Cigarette lighter ............................4-118
17. Seat warmer .....................................3-8
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OUB025002N
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine Coolant Reservoir ................7-27
2. Engine Oil Filler Cap ........................7-26
3. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir ...........7-30
4. Air Cleaner .......................................7-32
5. Fuse Box ..........................................7-56
6. Negative Battery Terminal.........6-5, 7-39
7. Positive Battery Terminal ..........6-5, 7-39
8. Radiator Cap ....................................7-28
9. Engine Oil Dipstick ...........................7-26
10. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir..7-31
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OUB071103N
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
• Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
- Automatic locking mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
- Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
- Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Air bag - advanced supplemental
restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• Occupation classification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
• Side impact air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT
Driver’s seat
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Forward and rearward
Seatback angle
Seat cushion height*
Seat warmer*
Headrest
Front passenger’s seat
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Forward and rearward
Seatback angle
Seat warmer*
Headrest
Rear seat
(10) Headrest*
(11) Seatback folding*
■ 5 door
■ 4 door
❈ The actual seats in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
3 2
OUB035001N
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose
objects
Do not place anything in the driver's foot well or under the front
seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with
the operation of the foot pedals.
WARNING - Driver
responsibility for passengers
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without
holding and controlling the
seatback. The seatback will
spring upright possibly impacting you or other passengers.
WARNING - Seat cushion
Occnpants should never sit on
aftermarket seat cushions or sitting cushions. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an
accident or a sudden stop.
1KMN3661
The driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the occupant's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt, applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss
of control of your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
of the seatback and seatback
adjustment.
• Sit as far back as possible
from the steering wheel while
still maintaining comfortable
control of your vehicle. A distance of at least 10" from your
chest to the steering wheel is
recommended. Failure to do
so can result in airbag inflation injuries to the driver.
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Seat
WARNING - Unexpected
adjustment
seat movement
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near
the seat bottom or seat track
while adjusting the seat. Your
hand could get caught in the
seat mechanism.
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's
seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
OUB031002
Front seat adjustment
WARNING - Small
Objects
Use extreme caution when picking small objects trapped under
the seats or between the seat
and the center console. Your
hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seats
mechanism.
3 4
Forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and
backward without using the lever. If
the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
Safety features of your vehicle
OUB031003
OUB031004
OUB031042N
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1.Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2.Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to
the position you desire.
3.Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
Seat height (if equipped)
(for driver’s seat)
To change the height of the seat,
move the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push
down the lever several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull up
the lever several times.
Headrest
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps protect the head
and neck in the event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible.
For this reason, the use of a cushion
that holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
3 6
OUB031007
OUB031005
Forward and backward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by
pulling the headrest forward to the
desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest backwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest
position and release it. Adjust the
headrest so that it properly supports
the head and neck.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
Safety features of your vehicle
OYFH034205
OUB034100
OUB034101
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
Removal and installation
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
✽ NOTICE
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
WARNING - Headrest
Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the
head or neck, always make sure
the head rest is locked into position and adjusted properly after
reinstalling.
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Seat damage
OUB031008
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmers are provided to
warm the front seats during cold
weather. With the ignition switch in
the ON position, push either of the
switches to warm the driver's seat or
the front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
3 8
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the
seat warmer, do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat, such as
blankets, cushions or seat
covers while the seat warmer
is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers. Damage to
the seat warming components
could occur.
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
The seat warmer may cause
burns, even at low temperatures, if used over a long period
of time. Never allow passengers who may not be able to
take care of themselves to be
exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns. These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
Safety features of your vehicle
Generally, the center of gravity of
most people's head is similar with
the height as the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
OUB031009
Seatback pocket
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger’s
seatback.
WARNING - Seatback
pocket
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pocket.
An occupant could contact
such objects in a crash. Heavy
objects in the front passenger
seatback could also interfere
with the airbag sensing system.
OUB031043N
Rear seat adjustment
Headrest
The rear seat is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for
the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
To help maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle of
the headrest is at the same height of
the center of gravity of an occupant's
head.
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks may be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING - Folded
Seatback
OUB031016N
OUB031017N
Adjusting the height up and down
(if equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
Removal and installation
To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling the
headrest upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button (1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height and ensure that it locks in
position.
3 10
Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving. This
is not a proper seating position
and no seat belts are available
for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
WARNING - Objects
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.
Safety features of your vehicle
OUB031049K
OUB031051K
OUB032049
To fold down the rear seatback:
• 4 door
1.Make sure the rear seat belt webbing is in the guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged.
2.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3.Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
4.Pull the lock release lever (1) and
fold the rear seatback forward and
down firmly.
If the seat belt remains extended
after returning the seatback to it's
upright position, pull the seatbelt
outward and release to retract the
seatbelt.
• 5 door
1.Make sure the rear seat belt webbing is in the guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged.
2.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3.Lower the rear headrests to lowest
position.
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
OUB032018N
4.Pull the lock release lever (1) and
fold the rear seatback forward and
down firmly.
If the seat belt locks after unfolding
the rear seatback, pull out the
locked seat belt, release it then pull
it out again.
To unfold the rear seat
1.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward. Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place. When you return
the seatback to its upright position,
always be sure it has locked into
position by pushing on the top of
the seatback.
If you can not see the red line at
the bottom of folding lever, it
means the seatback is locked completely.
2.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
3.When the seatback is completely
installed, check the seatback folding lever again.
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to
return the rear shoulder belts to their
proper position.
3 12
WARNING - Rear seatback
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter
the passenger compartment.
WARNING - Cargo
Do not place heavy objects in
the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and
may hit vehicle occupants in a
frontal collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable; wearing the lap section of
the belt across the abdominal area
must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
• For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
WARNING - Shoulder
belt
Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt cannot protect the
occupant in a crash.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
WARNING - Twisted seat
belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted
seat belt may not properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING - Seat belt
buckle
Do not allow foreign material
(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the webbing or hardware is damaged as
you can no longer be sure that a
damaged seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
Conditions
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Unbuckled
1GQA2083
Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)
The driver's seat belt warning light
and chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is
in "ON" position.
Unbuckled
ChimeSound
Light-Blink
6 seconds
Buckled
Buckled →
Unbuckled
Warning Pattern
6 seconds
None
Below 3 mph
6 seconds
(5 km/h)
None
3 mph~
6 mph
6 seconds
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(11 times)
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 seconds *1
↓
↓
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Stop *2
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times
with an interval of 24 seconds. If
the driver's seat belt is buckled, the
light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.
2
* The light will stop within 6 seconds
and chime will stop immediately.
3 14
OUB035014N
Seat belt warning
(for front passenger’s seat)
The front passenger's seat belt
warning light will activate to the following table when the ignition switch
is in "ON" position.
Safety features of your vehicle
Conditions
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Warning Pattern
Light-Blink
Unbuckled
6 seconds
Above 6mph
Unbuckled
(10 km/h)
Continuously
Buckled
6 seconds
Above 6mph
(10 km/h)
Buckled →
Unbuckled Below 6mph
(10 km/h)
Continuously *1
None
*1 The seat belt warning light will go
off if the vehicle speed decreases
below 3 mph (5 km/h). If the vehicle speed increases above 3 mph
(5 km/h), the warning light will blink
again.
• You can find the front passenger's
seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds.
• The seat belt warning light can
blink when a briefcase or purse is
placed on the front passenger
seat.
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning system. It is
important for the driver to instruct the
passenger as to the proper seating
instructions as contained in this
manual.
B180A01NF-1
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
3 16
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Front seat
OTA030017
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
WARNING - Shoulder
belt positioning
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
WARNING - Seat belt
replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of
another collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
B200A01NF
You should place the lap belt portion
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips. If the lap belt is located too
high on your waist, it may increase
the chance of injury in the event of a
collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt
buckle should be over the belt while
the other arm should be under the
belt as shown in the illustration.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recommended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor
Type).
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section.
To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking
operation mode, allow the unbuckled
seat belt to fully retract.
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
OUB031020N
B210A01NF-1
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) of the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
3 18
OMG035300
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts. The purpose of the pretensioner is to make sure that the
seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions (or side collisions). The pretensioner seat belts may be activated
in crashes, where the frontal collision
is severe enough.
Safety features of your vehicle
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive seat
belt tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside
the pre-tensioner will release some
of the pressure on the affected seat
belt.
Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal collisions.
The pre-tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not being
worn at the time of the collision.
✽ NOTICE
1KMB3311A
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
1.SRS air bag warning light
2.Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3.SRS control module
4.Anchor pre-tensioner assembly
When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
WARNING - Skin
irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat
belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner
activation may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed
for prolonged periods.
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS
air bag warning light ( ) on the
instrument panel will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds after the
ignition switch has been turned to the
ON position, and then it should turn
off.
If the pre-tensioner seat belt does
not work properly, this warning light
will illuminate even if the SRS air bag
has not malfunctioned. If the SRS air
bag warning light does not illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned
ON, or if it remains illuminated after
illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates while the
vehicle is being driven, please have
an authorized Kia dealer inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belt or SRS air
bag system as soon as possible.
3 20
✽ NOTICE
Seat belt precautions
Do not attempt to service or repair
the pre-tensioner seat belt system in
any manner. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the pre-tensioner
seat belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state.
Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section.
WARNING - Hot pretensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pretensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips and as low as
possible. Check if the belt fits periodically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of
an accident when they are restrained
by a proper restraint system in the
rear seat. If a larger child (over age
12) must be seated in the front seat,
the child should be securely
restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to a child restraint system.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
WARNING - Small children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to
your child's neck, throat and
face.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front
seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving. A
seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the front seat is in
a reclined position.
3 22
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
WARNING - Pinched
seat belt
Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A
caught
or
pinched
webbing/buckle may become
damaged and could fail during a
collision or sudden stop.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the car should sit in
the rear seat and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat.
Larger children who are not in a child
restraint should use one of the seat
belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by
seat belt, or by a tether anchor
and/or LATCH anchors (if equipped).
Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not
properly secured. For small children
and babies, a child seat or infant seat
must be used. Before buying a particular child restraint system, make
sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat
belts, and fits your child. Follow all
the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
restraint system.
WARNING - Restraint
location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat.
A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating airbag.
WARNING - Hot child
restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before
placing a child in the restraint
system.
When the child restraint system is
not in use, store it in the luggage
area or fasten it with a seat belt so
that it will not be thrown forward in
case of a sudden stop or an accident.
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
Rearward-facing child restraint system
WARNING - Holding
children
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING - Seat belt
use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants.
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. The car can heat
up very quickly, resulting in
injuries to the child in the vehicle.
3 24
OUB031012N
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the
use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. This child seat or infant
seat should be of appropriate size for
the child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
Safety features of your vehicle
For safety reasons, we recommend
that the child restraint system be
used in the rear seats.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency lock
mode), you must manually change
these seat belts to the auto lock
mode to secure a child restraint.
If the seat belt does not operate as
described in this section, have the
system checked immediately by your
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
• Always follow the instructions
provided by the child restraint
system manufacturer. Child
restraint system manufacturers know their products best.
• Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding
child restraint system and the
instructions provided with the
child restraint system could
result in the improper installation of the child restraint system which may reduce the
protection to your child in a
crash or a sudden stop.
✽ NOTICE
E2MS103005
Placing a passenger seat belt
into the auto lock mode
The auto lock mode will help prevent
the normal movement of the child in
the vehicle from causing the seat belt
to loosen and compromise the child
restraint system. To secure a child
restraint system, use the following
procedure.
If the vehicle headrest prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual), the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036101
OEN036102
OEN036103
To install a child restraint system on
the outboard or center rear seats, do
the following:
1.Place the child restraint system in
the seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be
sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emergency.
3.Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child
restraint) mode.
4.Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the “Auto Lock”
mode. If no distinct sound is heard,
repeat steps 3 and 4.
3 26
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036104
5.Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6.Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat belt
is holding it firmly in place. If it is
not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7.Double check that the retractor is
in the “Auto Lock” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.
The lap/shoulder belt automatically
returns to the “emergency lock
mode” whenever the belt is allowed
to retract fully.
Therefore, the preceding seven
steps must be followed each time a
child restraint is installed.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
■ 4 door
OUB031050K
■ 5 door (Type A)
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Lock mode when installing any
child restraint system.
If the retractor is not in the
Automatic Locking mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
OUB031010
■ 5 door (Type B)
OUB031011
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with tether anchorage system
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the floor behind the rear
seats.
2.Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint hook
holder and tighten to secure the
child restraint seat.
WARNING - Tether strap
OUB031013N
1.Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrest, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback.
3 28
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
or to a single lower anchorage
point. The increased load
caused by multiple seats may
cause the tethers or anchorage
points to break.
Check that the child restraint system
is secure by pushing and pulling it in
different directions. Incorrectly fitted
child restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or serious
injury.
Safety features of your vehicle
Lower Anchor
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
1SAE3090A
OUB031039N
OUN036140L
Securing a child restraint seat
with child seat lower anchor system
Some child seat manufacturers
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-compatible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
Child restraint symbols are located
on the left and right rear seat backs
to indicate the position of the lower
anchors for child restraints.
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors
are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their
locations are shown in the illustration. There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating
position.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
WARNING - Unused rear
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child strangulation.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
When you install your child's restraint
system using the LATCH anchors
buckle the shoulder lap belt, then
lock the retractor and pull the belt to
remove the slack in the belt so it lies
flat against the vehicle seat.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
3 30
WARNING - LATCH
lower anchors
Never attempt to attach a
LATCH equipped seat in the
center seating position. LATCH
lower anchors are only to be
used with the left and right rear
outboard seating positions. You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
collision.
✽ NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to calculate the child restraint
weight :
Child restraint weight =
65 lb (30 kg) - Child weight
Safety features of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Driver’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
Side impact air bag
Curtain air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OYF039050
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bag are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
or START the appropriate position.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the
event of serious frontal or side collision (if equipped with side impact
air bag or curtain air bag) in order
to help protect the occupants from
serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of complex factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact
and the density and stiffness of the
vehicles or objects which your
vehicle hits in the collision. Though,
factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
3 32
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident. It is much more likely that
you will simply see the deflated air
bags hanging out of their storage
compartments after the collision.
• In order to help provide protection
in a severe collision, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of
air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which a
collision occurs and the need to
get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part
of air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel air bag can cause
fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering
wheel.
WARNING - Airbag
inflation
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle. A distance
of at least 10" from your chest
to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can
result in airbag inflation injuries
to the driver.
Safety features of your vehicle
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and they leave smoke
and powder in the air inside of the
vehicle. This is normal and is a result
of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
After the air bag inflates, you may
feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest
to both the seat belt and the air bag,
as well as from breathing the smoke
and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible after the impact in order to
reduce discomfort and prevent
prolonged exposure to smoke and
powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
the cold water immediately and consult the doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING
- Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag inflation. The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
1JBH3051
Installing a child restraint on a
front passenger’s seat is forbidden
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraint in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the
child.
W7-147
Air bag warning light
The purpose of the air bag warning
light in your instrument panel is to
alert you of a potential problem with
your air bag-Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS). When the ignition
switch is turned ON, the indicator
light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer if:
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
3 34
OUB031041N
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1.Driver's front air bag module
2.Passenger's front air bag module
3.Side impact air bag modules
4.Curtain air bag modules
5.Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*
6.Air bag warning light
7.SRS control module (SRSCM)
8.Front impact sensors
9.Side impact sensors
Safety features of your vehicle
10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator (Front passenger’s seat
only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
13. Anchor pre-tensioner assemblies
*: if equipped
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
Driver’s front air bag (1)
B240B01L
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate for
about 6 seconds after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
after which the air bag warning light
should go out.
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
of the SRS. Have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
The air bag modules are located
both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box. When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (2)
Driver’s front air bag (3)
Passenger’s front air bag
B240B02L
B240B03L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately
starts
deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer
or operate other controls.
3 36
B240B05L
WARNING - Air bag
obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehicle
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the air bag
deploys.
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. Failure
to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to illuminate.
OUB035037N
Occupant detection system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. The driver's front air bag is not
affected or controlled by the occupant detection system.
Main components of occupant
detection system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat track.
• Electronic system to determine
whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system
determines to be of adult size, and
he/she sits properly (sitting upright
with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion
with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the
floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator will turn off and the
front passenger's air bag will be able
to inflate, if necessary, in frontal
crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
3 38
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person’s legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air
bag and the safety belt.
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly
if the passenger takes actions
which can defeat the detection system. These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or center console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
Safety features of your vehicle
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
Condition detected by the occupant
detection system
PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up *2
Off
Off
Activated
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
2. Infant or child restraint system
with 12 months old *3 *4
WARNING - ODS system
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the occupant
detection system (ODS) and
may result in the deactivation of
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
(Continued)
*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller
child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.
*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a
child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
B990A08O
1KMN3663
1KMN3665
- Never put a heavy load in the
front passenger seat.
- Never sit with the hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
- Never place the feet on the
dashboard.
OVQ036014N
1KMN3662
1KMN3664
- Never place the feet on the
front passenger seatback.
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
- Never lean on the door or center console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 40
Safety features of your vehicle
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING - “AIR BAG
OFF” light
B990A01O
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag.
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator
is
illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself
in the seat. Failure to properly
position yourself may lead to
airbag deactivation resulting in
airbag non-deployment and in a
collision. If the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the
passenger repositions themselves properly and the car is
restarted, it is recommended
that passenger move to the rear
seat because the passenger's
front air bag will not deploy.
✽ NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several
more seconds.
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
✽ NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
on or attach anything such as a blanket, front seat covers or after market
seat heater to the front passenger
seat. This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light
on the instrument panel will illuminate because
the passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant detection
system. If there is a malfunction of
the occupant detection system, the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will not illuminate and the passenger's front air bag will inflate in
frontal impact crashes even if there is
no occupant in the front passenger's
seat.
Driver’s front air bag
OUB031026
Passenger’s front air bag
OUB031027
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.
3 42
Safety features of your vehicle
The indications of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
embossed on the air bag pad cover
in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's seat position, the driver's
and front passenger's seat belt
usage and impact severity.
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restraint in the rear seat.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occupant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under certain conditions. For more detail, see
"Occupant detection system" in this
section.
Do not place any objects that may
cause magnetic fields near the front
seat. These may cause a malfunction
of the seat track position sensor.
According to the impact severity,
seating position and seat belt usage,
the SRSCM (SRS Control Module)
controls the air bag inflation. Failure
to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag
system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free
Customer Assistance center at 1800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant detection system.
✽ NOTICE
The front passenger seat, dashboard
or door should not be replaced
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the occupant detection system
and your advanced air bags.
3 44
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to help
provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes. Front air bags
are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection
can be provided by the pre-tensioner
seat belt alone.
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold.
Safety features of your vehicle
Rear impact
Front
OUB035044N
Side impact
OUB031030
The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the
front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat
belt alone.
The side impact air bags are
designed to deploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle,
speed and point of impact. The side
air bags are not designed to deploy
in all side impact situations.
WARNING - Unexpected
deployment
OUB035045N
Rollover
OLM032310L
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the ignition
switch is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side
impact air bag.
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
Side impact air bag
OUB035046N
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front seat.
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
The side impact air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not
a substitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all times
while the vehicle is in operation.
For best protection from the side air
bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air bag,
both front seat occupants should sit
in an upright position with the seat
belt properly fastened. The driver's
hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The passenger's arms and
hands should be placed on their
laps.
If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Inform that your vehicle is equipped
with side impact air bags and an
occupant detection system.
WARNING - Flying
objects
OUB031019
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side impact air
bag as this may affect the
deployment of the side air bags.
OLM032311L
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
3 46
Safety features of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect
the heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
impact. The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side impact
situations, collisions from the front or
rear of the vehicle or in most rollover
situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors, put
their arms on the doors, stretch their
arms out of the window, or place
objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on
seats equipped with side and/or curtain air bags.
✽ NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag
system. This should only be done by
an authorized Kia dealer.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
1
2
3
3
OUB035031N/OUB035040N/OUB031040N/OUB031033/OUB031047N
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module
(2) Front impact sensor
3 48
(3) Side impact sensor
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag
sensors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bag or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious personal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, body or B pillar where side
collision sensors are installed. Have
the vehicle checked and repaired by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Installing aftermarket bumper guards
or replacing a bumper with non-genuine parts may adversely affect your
vehicle’s collision and air bag deployment performance.
1VQA2084
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
OUB035045N
OLM032311L
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
3 50
Side air bags
Side air bags (side impact and/or
curtain air bags) are designed to
inflate when an impact is detected by
side collision sensors depending on
the strength, speed or angles of
impact resulting from a side impact
collision.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. Side
impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate in certain side
impact collisions. They may inflate in
other type of collisions where a side
force is detected by the sensors.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads or sidewalks, air bags may
deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
1VQA2086
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
Safety features of your vehicle
OUN036087
OUB035045N
1VQA2089
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, front air bag deployment
would not provide additional occupant protection.
• In a slant or angled collision, the
force of impact may direct the
occupants in a direction where the
air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and
thus the sensors may not deploy
any air bags.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
1VQA2090
OUB031046N
1VQA2092
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly
replaced by such “under-ride” collisions.
• Air bags do not inflate in most
rollover accidents, even though the
vehicle is equipped with side
impact air bags and curtain air
bags.
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sensors.
3 52
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on,
have your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel must
be performed by an authorized Kia
dealer. Improper handling of the SRS
system may result in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one
which has been moistened with plain
water. Solvents or cleaners could
adversely affect the air bag covers
and proper deployment of the system.
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury.
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
OAM039041
OUB031035N
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to alert the
driver and passengers of potential
risks of the air bag system.
3 54
Features of your vehicle
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Electronic power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Tilt and telescoping steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
• Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
• Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
• Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
- Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
- User settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
- Maintenance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
- Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
• Instrument cluster warning and indicators . . . . . . . 4-59
Rear-Camera Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
4
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
4
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-109
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Luggage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Increase cargo space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Sliding armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
• Shopping bag holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
• Digital clock and calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Floor mat anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Bluetooth® wireless technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Aux, USB and iPod® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
Features of your vehicle
KEYS
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. After
recording the key code number,
remove the tag and store it in a safe
place. It is recommended that you
store the number in a safe place, but
not in the vehicle.
■ Type B
■ Type A
OFD047002-A/OED036001A
Key operations
Type A
Used to start the engine, lock and
unlock the doors.
OTF044369
Type B
To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold automatically.
To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.
4 3
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Key button
■ Type C
WARNING - Aftermarket
operation
keys
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
OXMA043316
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
Type C
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button and
remove the mechanical key.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
4 4
Use only Kia original parts for
the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used,
the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this
happens, the starter will continue to operate causing possible
fire due to excessive current in
the wiring.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Ignition key
(Smart key)
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children. Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with a manual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous.
Children copy adults and they
could place the key in the ignition switch or press the start
button. The key would enable
children to operate power windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move, which
could result in serious bodily
injury or death. result in serious
bodily injury or death.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
Smart key functions
Carrying the smart key, you may lock
and unlock the vehicle doors. Also,
you may start the engine. Refer to
the following, for more details.
OYDDCO2004
OUB041004
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door and even start the
engine without inserting the key.
The functions of the buttons on a
smart key are similar to the remote
keyless entry. (Refer to the “Remote
keyless entry” in this section.)
Locking
Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors
closed and any door unlocked, locks
all the doors. The hazard warning
lights will blink and the chime will
sound once to indicate that all doors
are locked. The button will only operate when the smart key is within
0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside
door handle. If you want to make
sure that a door has locked or not,
you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle.
4 6
Features of your vehicle
Even though you press the button,
the doors will not lock and the chime
will sound for 3 seconds if any of the
following occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position.
• Any door except the trunk (or tailgate) is opened.
Pressing the button in the front passenger's outside door handle with all
doors closed and locked, unlocks all
the doors. The hazard warning lights
will blink and the chime will sound
twice to indicate that all doors are
unlocked. The button will only operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle.
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the driver's
outside door handle with all doors
closed and locked, unlocks the driver's door. The hazard warning lights
will blink and the chime will sound
twice to indicate that the driver's door
is unlocked. All doors are unlocked if
the button is pressed once more
within 4 seconds. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will
sound twice to indicate that all the
doors are unlocked.
Trunk unlocking (4 door)
The trunk will open when the trunk
unlock button is pressed.
The trunk will automatically lock after
it has been opened.
If the trunk is closed with the smart
key in the trunk, the warning chime
will sound for about 5 seconds and
the trunk will not lock.
Tailgate unlocking (5 door)
(if equipped)
If you are within 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the outside tailgate handle, with your
smart key in possession, the tailgate
will unlock and open when you press
the tailgate handle switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the tailgate is
unlocked.
Also, once the tailgate is opened and
then closed, the tailgate will lock
automatically.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key. For detailed information refer to “Starting the engine
with a smart key” in section 5.
4 7
Features of your vehicle
Smart key precautions
• If you lose your smart key, you will
not be able to start the engine.
Towing the vehicle to an authorized
dealer may be necessary.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If a
smart key is lost, take the vehicle
and remaining key to your authorized Kia dealer for reprogramming.
This will not allow the lost key from
starting the vehicle and will protect
from potential theft.
• The smart key will not work if any
of following occurs:
- If the vehicle key is close to a
radio transmitter such as a radio
station it can interfere with normal
operation of the smart key system
- The smart key near a mobile twoway radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
(Continued)
4 8
(Continued)
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you
have a problem with the smart key,
contact an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the smart
key could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is active
such as making calls, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Pleacing the
Smart Key and cell phone in close
proximity can disrupt the signals of
the Smart Key
CAUTION - Transmitter
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not function properly.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
Features of your vehicle
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Type A
OYDECO2003CN
■ Type B
OYDDCO2004
Remote keyless entry system
operations
Lock (1)
All the doors will locked if the lock
button is pressed. If all the doors
(and trunk or tailgate) are closed, the
hazard warning lights will blink once
to indicate that all the doors (and
trunk or tailgate) have locked.
Also, if the lock button is pressed
once more within 4 seconds, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to confirm
that the door is locked.
However, if any door remains open,
the hazard warning lights (and/or the
chime) will not operate. But if all
doors are closed after the lock button
is pressed, the hazard warning lights
will blink once.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door will unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The
hazard warning lights will blink (for
smart key, the chime also sounds)
twice to indicate that the driver's door
is unlocked.
All doors will unlocked if the unlock
button is pressed once more within 4
seconds. The hazard warning lights
will blink (for smart key, the chime
also sounds) twice again to indicate
that all doors are unlocked. After
pressing this button, the doors will
lock automatically unless you open
any door within 30 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
Trunk (tailgate) open (3)
(if equipped)
The trunk (tailgate) will open when
the button is pressed for more than 1
second
Once the trunk (tailgate) is opened
and then closed, the trunk (tailgate)
will lock automatically.
Alarm (4)
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will flash for about 30
seconds when this button is pressed
for more than 0.5 seconds. To stop
the horn and lights, press any button
on the transmitter.
4 10
Transmitter precautions
The transmitter (or smart key) will not
work if any of following occurs:
• The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
• The battery in the transmitter (or
smart key) is weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The transmitter (or smart key) is
close to a radio transmitter such as
a radio station or an airport which
can interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
When the transmitter (or smart key)
does not work properly, open and
close the door with the ignition key. If
you have a problem with the transmitter (or smart key), contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the transmitter is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is active
such as making calls, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing
the transmitter and your cell phone
or smart phone in the same pants
or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two
devices.
Features of your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
1.Pry open the transmitter or smart
key center cover.
2.Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the batteryis
positioned correctly.
3.Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
■ Type A
OYDDCO2005
■ Type B
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
OXM043004
Battery replacement
A battery should last for several
years. If the transmitter or smart key
is not working properly, first try
replacing the battery. If you are
unsure how to use or replace the
battery, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
The transmitter or smart key is
designed to give you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static
electricity. If you are unsure how to
use or replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
Using the wrong battery can cause
the transmitter or smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct
battery.
An inappropriately disposed battery
can be harmful to the environment
and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION - Transmitter
damage
The transmitter or smart key
can malfunction if exposed to
moisture, static electricity, heat
or direct sunlight and from
being dropped.
4 12
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Insert the ignition key into the key
cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
OED036001A
Immobilizer system
(if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever you insert your ignition key into
the ignition switch and turn it to ON,
it checks and determines and verifies
that the ignition key is valid.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The immobilizer system activates automatically. Without a valid
ignition key for your vehicle, the
engine will not start.
Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should
be kept confidential. Do not leave this
number anywhere in your vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
Keep each key separately in order to
avoid a starting malfunction.
Features of your vehicle
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent
the engine from being started.
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer
system to malfunction.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Armed stage
Armed
stage
Disarmed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the vehicle. This system is operated in three stages: the first is the
"Armed" stage, the second is the
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
* The THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM is
not applicable to the trunk lid on the
4 door (sedan) vehicles.
4 14
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Remove the ignition key from the
ignition switch and exit the vehicle.
2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate) and engine hood are closed
and latched.
3. • Lock the doors by depressing the
door lock button on the transmitter (or smart key).
The hazard warning lights willflash once to indicate that the
system is armed.
If any of the doors, tailgate or
engine hood remains open, the
hazard warning lights won’t flash
and theft-alarm will not arm. After
this, if all doors, tailgate and
engine hood are closed, the hazard warning lights will flash once.
• The doors can be locked by
pressing the button on the front
outside door handles while the
smart key is in your possession.
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
will flash once to indicate that the
system is armed.
Verify the doors, hood and tailgate for being open. If they are
open, close them and try locking
the vehicle again. The flashing of
the hazard lights will confirm the
vehicle is locked and armed.
Features of your vehicle
Do not arm the system until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If
the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle,
the alarm may be activated when
the
remaining
passenger(s)
leaves the vehicle. If any door (or
tailgate) or engine hood is opened
within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage, the
system will be disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
Disarmed stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system
is armed.
• A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter (or smart
key).
• The tailgate is opened without
using the transmitter (or smart
key).
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds. To
turn off the system, unlock the doors
with the transmitter (or smart key).
The system will be disarmed when:
Transmitter
- The door unlock button is pressed.
- The engine is started. (within 3
seconds)
- The ignition switch is in the “ON”
position for 30 seconds or more.
Smart key
- The door unlock button is pressed.
- The button of the front outside door
is pressed while carrying the smart
key.
- The engine is started. (within 3
seconds)
After the doors are unlocked, the
hazard warning lights will blink twice
to indicate that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if
any door (or tailgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
4 15
Features of your vehicle
• The starter will not engage when
the theft system is armed while
attempting to start the vehicle.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key into
the ignition switch, turn the ignition
switch to the ON position and wait
for 30 seconds. Then the system
will be disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
4 16
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
■ Type A
Unlock
Lock
OUB043005
■ Type B
• If you lock/unlock the door with a
key, all vehicle doors will
lock/unlock
automatically
(if
equipped with power door locks).
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
toward the rear of the vehicle once
to unlock the driver’s door and
once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors (if equipped with
power door locks).
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter key
(or smart key). (if equipped)
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
OUB041004
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
• Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the
front of the vehicle to lock.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
• If the inner door handle of the front
door is pulled when the door lock
button is in the lock position, the
button will unlock and the door will
open. (if equipped)
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
(or if the smart key is in the vehicle) and any front door is opened.
(if equipped)
Lock
Unlock
OUB041183N
• To lock a door without the key,
push the inside door lock button (1)
or central door lock switch (2, if
equipped) to the “Lock” position
and close the door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically. (if
equipped with central door lock
system)
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
4 18
OUB041009
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not show.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
Features of your vehicle
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
Driver’s door
Passenger’s door
WARNING - Doors
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the
door.
WARNING
OUB041010/OUB041180N
With central door lock switch
(if equipped)
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
• Press the switch to the "Lock" position (1), all vehicle doors will lock.
• Press the switch to the "Unlock"
position (2), all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch (or
if the smart key is in the vehicle)
and any front door is opened, the
doors will not lock when the “Lock”
position (1) of the central door lock
switch is pressed. (if equipped)
- Unattended children/
animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
An enclosed vehicle can
become extremely hot, causing
death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who
cannot escape the vehicle.
4 19
Features of your vehicle
Impact sensing door unlock
system (if equipped)
All doors will automatically unlock
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Auto door lock/unlock feature
(if equipped)
• All doors will automatically lock
when the transaxle shift lever is
shifted out of P (Park).
• All doors will automatically unlock
when the transaxle shift lever is
shifted into P (Park).
4 20
An authorized Kia dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door
lock/ unlock features as follows;
• Auto door unlock by using the driver's door lock button
• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting
the transaxle shift lever out of P
(Park) or into P (Park)
• Auto door unlock when the ignition
key is removed from the ignition
switch (for smart key, when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to the OFF position)
If you want to activate or deactivate
some door lock/unlock features, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
OUB041011
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
1.Open the rear door.
2.Insert a key (or screwdriver) into
the hole and turn it to the lock position. The child safety lock (1) is
located on the rear edge of the
door. When the child safety lock is
in the lock position, rear door will
not open even when the inner door
handle is pulled.
Features of your vehicle
3.Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (3).
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle (2)
until the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is in motion, he/she can
fall out.
4 21
Features of your vehicle
TRUNK (4 DOOR)
WARNING
The trunk swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are
near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the trunk.
CAUTION
ORB040006
Opening the trunk
With the trunk lid release lever
To open the trunk from inside the
vehicle, pull up the trunk lid release
lever.
The trunk will automatically lock
when the trunk lid closes.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
4 22
Make certain that you close the
trunk before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur
to the trunk lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the trunk is
not closed prior to driving.
OUB045203K
With the key and the transmitter
To open the trunk, insert the key and
turn it clockwise to unlock.
Features of your vehicle
Closing the trunk
To close, lower the trunk lid, then
press down on it until it locks. To be
sure the trunk lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull
it up again.
WARNING - Exhaust
Fumes
OUB041204K
Emergency trunk lid safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency trunk release cable located inside the trunk. If someone is
inadvertently locked in the trunk,
pulling this handle will release the
trunk latch mechanism and open the
trunk.
The trunk lid should always be
kept completely closed while
the vehicle is in motion. If it is
left open or ajar, exhaust gases
may enter the car and serious
illness or death may result.
WARNING
No one should be allowed to
occupy the trunk at any time.
The trunk is a very dangerous
location in the event of a crash.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the tailgate.
CAUTION - Tailgate lift
cylinders
OUB045012L
Opening the tailgate
■ Type A
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked
by turning the key to the "Lock" or
"Unlock" position.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pressing the handle and
than pulling up the hatch.
OUB045013L
■ Type B
• The tailgate will locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the transmitter (or
smart key) or central door lock
switch.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pressing the handle and
pulling it up.
• All doors will lock if the tailgate
unlock button on the smart key is
pressed for more than 1 second
and the tailgate is unlocked. Once
the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate will lock automatically.
❈ There is no key hole on this type.
4 24
Make certain that you close the
tailgate before driving your
vehicle. Possible damage may
occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attaching hardware if
the tailgate is not closed prior to
driving.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
Driving with the tailgate open is
not
advisable.
Dangerous
exhaust fumes can enter the
passenger compartment.
If you must drive with the tailgate opened, keep the air vents
and all windows open so that
additional outside air can enter.
OUB045014L
OUB045015L
Closing the tailgate
To close the tailgate, lower and push
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
that the tailgate is securely latched.
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of
the way before closing the tailgate.
CAUTION - Closing
tailgate
Make sure nothing is near the
tailgate latch and striker while
closing the tailgate. It may damage the tailgate's latch.
WARNING - Riding in
cargo area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints
are
available.
Occupants should always be
properly restrained to avoid
injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops.
Emergency tailgate safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with the
emergency tailgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment, the tailgate can be opened by
doing as follows:
1.Remove the cover.
2.Push the release lever to the right.
3.Push up the tailgate.
4 25
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch*
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch*
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch*
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch*
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window down*
(7) Power window lock button*
*: if equipped
OUB041016
4 26
Features of your vehicle
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate. Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door’s window. The driver has a power window
lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows.
The power windows can be operated
for approximately 30 seconds after
the ignition key is removed or turned
to the ACC or LOCK position.
However, if the front doors are
opened, the power windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 second period.
✽ NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the
sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
Window opening and closing
(if equipped)
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
Auto down window (if equipped)
(Driver’s window)
Pressing the power window switch
momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers the
driver’s window even when the
switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the
window is in operation, momentarily
pull up the switch to the opposite
direction of the window movement.
4 27
Features of your vehicle
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2.Close the window and continue
pulling up on the driver’s power
window switch for at least 1 second
after the window is completely
closed.
OTA040015
OUN026013
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press and release the switch to the
opposite direction of the movement.
If the power window is not operated
correctly, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
Automatic reversal
If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)
to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
4 28
Features of your vehicle
And if the power window switch is
pulled up continuously again within 5
seconds after the window is lowered
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate.
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s window is only active when
the “auto up” feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if the
window is raised using the halfway
position on the power window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 0.16
in. (4 mm) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and
will not stop and reverse direction.
CAUTION - Opening /
closing Window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
OUB041020
Power window lock button
(if equipped)
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the front and
rear passengers' doors by pressing
the power window lock switch to the
lock position.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed, the driver's master control cannot operate the front and rear
passengers' power windows.
WARNING - Power
windows
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the power window lock switch
(on the driver's door) in the
LOCK position.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
OSA028222
Manual windows (if equipped)
To raise or lower the window, turn the
window regulator handle clockwise
or counterclockwise.
When closing the windows, make
sure your passenger's arms, hands
and body are safely out of the way.
4 30
Features of your vehicle
HOOD
OUB041021
Opening the hood
1.Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P(Park) position for
automatic transaxle and to the
1st(First) gear or R(Reverse) for
manual transaxle, and setting the
parking brake.
OUB045022L
OUB041023
2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
3.Pull out the support rod from the
hood.
4.Hold the hood opened with the
support rod.
WARNING - Hot parts
Grasp the support rod in the
area wrapped in rubber. The
plastic will help prevent you
from being burned by hot metal
when the engine is hot.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
Closing the hood
1.Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2.Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3.Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft.
(30 cm) above the closed position
and let it drop. Make sure that it
locks into place.
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
4 32
WARNING - Unsecured
engine hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an
accident.
The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole whenever
you inspect the engine compartment.
This will prevent the hood from falling
and possibly injuring you.
Features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER LID
Closing the fuel filler lid
1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” one time. This indicates that the cap is securely one
time tightened.
2.Close the fuel filler lid and push it in
lightly and make sure that it is
securely closed.
WARNING - Refueling
OUB041024
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
the fuel filler lid opener.
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to break
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry
on the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
OUB041025
1.Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler lid, pull the
fuel filler lid opener up.
3.Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4.To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel
filler cap counterclockwise.
5.Refuel as needed.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and subject you to the risk of
fire and burns.
✽ NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the fuel cap open
warning indicator
light will illuminate.
4 33
Features of your vehicle
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
WARNING - Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facility. Failure to follow all warnings
will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death
due to fire or explosion.
4 34
WARNING - Static
electricity
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling since you can generate
static electricity by touching,
rubbing or sliding against any
item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static
electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should
once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.
WARNING
- Portable fuel container
When using an approved
portable fuel container, be sure
to place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the
vehicle should be maintained
until the filling is complete. Use
only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
WARNING - Cell phone
fires
Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Refueling&
Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once
refueling is complete, check to
make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel requirements"
suggested in section 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control system.
CAUTION - Exterior
paint
WARNING - Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a
lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or
leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially
during
refueling.
Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited,
result in fire.
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
4 35
Features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freezing conditions. After the vehicle is
washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to
wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.
CAUTION - Sunroof control lever
OAM049018
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
4 36
Do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or
tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted
while in an open or slide position.
WARNING - Sunroof
operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
OUB041027
Sliding the sunroof
To open the sunroof, pull the sunroof
control lever backward.
To close the sunroof, push the sunroof control lever forward.
Features of your vehicle
To open the sunroof automatically:
Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position
and then release it. The sunroof will
slide all the way open.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
To close the sunroof automatically:
Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position
and then release it. The sunroof will
automatically close all the way.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
While driving with the sunroof in an
open (or partially open position),
your vehicle may demonstrate a wind
buffeting or pulsation noise. This
noise is a normal occurrence and
can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If you experience the noise with the sunroof
open, slightly reduce the size of the
sunroof opening
OBK049018
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction,
and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.
OUB041028
Tilting the sunroof
To open the sunroof, push the sunroof control lever upward until the
sunroof moves to the desired position.
To close the sunroof, push the sunroof lever forward or pull downward
until the sunroof moves to the
desired position.
4 37
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Sunroof
operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
Do not extend the face, neck, arms
or body outside the sunroof while
driving.
With the sunroof open for an extended period of time, dirt may accumulate on the guide rails causing noise
during opening and closing.
Periodically remove dirt using a
clean cloth.
CAUTION - Sunroof
motor damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
4 38
OBK049019
Sunshade
When opening the sunroof, the sunshade will also open. Once the sunroof is closed, the sunshade can be
manually closed.
Features of your vehicle
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related
fuse is blown, you must reset your
sunroof system as follows:
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position and close the sunroof
completely.
2.Release the control lever.
3.Push and hold the control lever forward (for more than 10 seconds)
until the sunroof tilts and slightly
moves. Then, release the lever.
4.Within 3 seconds, push and hold
the control lever forward (for more
than 5 seconds) until the sunroof is
operated as follows;
❈ For more detailed information,
contact an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected, discharged, or related fuse is blown, the
sunroof may not operate properly.
TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering
✽ NOTICE
Power steering uses a motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The motor driven power steering is
controlled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering
wheel torque and vehicle speed to
command the motor.
The steering wheel becomes heavier
as the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for better control of
the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition
switch on. This happens as the system performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
is completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or
LOCK position.
• Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in
motion. However, after a few minutes, it will return to its normal
conditions.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
4 40
If the Electric Power Steering System
does not operate normally, the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may
become difficult to control or operate
abnormally. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Features of your vehicle
Tilt and telescoping
(if equipped) steering
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
steering wheel before you drive. You
can also raise it to give your legs
more room when you exit and enter
the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING - Steering
wheel
adjustment
Never adjust the angle and
height of the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose
steering control
OUB041029
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (if
equipped) (3), then pull up the lockrelease lever to lock the steering
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
steering wheel to the desired position before driving.
OUB041030
Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
To turn the steering wheel off, press
the button once again. The indicator
on the button will turn off.
It will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated
steering wheel is turned on.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
If the ignition is turned off and then
on again within a half hour (while the
heated steering wheel button is
pressed), the steering wheel heating
system will remain on.
CAUTION
• Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel. This
causes damage to the heated
steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated
steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering
wheel.
• If the surface of steering
wheel is damaged by sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components
could occur.
4 42
OUB041031
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbol on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Outside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
which would interfere with your vision
through the rear window.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch (if equipped). The mirror
heads can be folded to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or
when passing through a narrow
street.
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control.
Night
Day
OAM049023
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
Move the lever (1) to R or L to select
the right side mirror or the left side
mirror, then press a corresponding
point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the lever
into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
■ Type A
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should
restrict movement of the mirror,
do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use
a deicer spray, or a sponge or
soft cloth with very warm water.
OUB041032
CAUTION - Outside
■ Type B
mirror
OUB041033
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control.
4 44
Remote control
Electric type
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition
switch should be in the ACC or ON
position.
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the related parts.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Electric type
outside rearview mirror
OUB041034
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Electric Type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
depress the button.
To unfold it, depress the button
again.
The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the ignition switch is in
the OFF position. However, to
prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary
while the engine is not running.
In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
OUB041035
Manual type
To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp
the housing of mirror and then fold it
toward the rear of the vehicle.
4 45
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Turn signal indicators
3. Speedometer
4. Fuel gauge
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge
6. Warning and indicator lights
■ Type B
7. Shift position indicator (A/T) or
Manual transaxle shift indicator (M/T)
8. Odometer/Trip computer
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in
the next pages.
OUB044036N/OUB042037N
4 46
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
OUB041041
OUB041038
■ Type B
OUB041045N
Instrument panel illumination
When the vehicle’s parking lights or
headlights are on, push upward or
downward the illumination control
knob to adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel illumination.
The brightness of the instrument
panel (Type B) illumination can be
adjusted by rotating the control knob
when the ignition switch is in ON
position.
OUB041044
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in
miles per hour and/or kilometers per
hour.
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
The tachometer pointer may move
slightly when the ignition switch is in
ACC or ON position with the engine
OFF. This movement is normal and
will not affect the accuracy of the
tachometer once the engine is running.
4 47
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Red zone
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
4 48
OUB042048N
OUB042047N
Engine coolant temperature gauge
This gauge shows the temperature
of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the engine overheats” in section 6.
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is
given in section 8. The fuel gauge is
supplemented by a low fuel warning
light, which will illuminate when the
fuel tank is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Fuel gauge
■ Type A
✽ NOTICE
■ Type B
It is against the law to alter the
odometer on all vehicles with the
intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer.
Stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when
the gauge indicator comes
close to the E level. Running out
of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire, damaging the catalytic
converter.
OUB041050N
Odometer
Odometer
The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful
to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
4 49
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
All stored driving information (except
distance to empty and instant fuel
consumption) will reset if the battery
is disconnected.
■
Cluster Type A
TRIP A
TRIP B
Distance to empty
OUB041049
■ Type B
Average fuel consumption
Instant fuel consumption
Average speed
Elapsed time
OUB041174
Trip computer (Tripmeter)
(if equipped)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving, when the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
4 50
Outside temperature
Features of your vehicle
■
Cluster Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
TRIP A
TRIP B
Distance to empty
Average fuel consumption
OUB041051N
Instant fuel consumption
Tripmeter
TRIP A: Tripmeter A
TRIP B: Tripmeter B
Average speed
Elapsed time
This mode indicates the distance of
individual trips selected since the
last tripmeter reset.
The meter's working range is from
0.0 to 999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).
Pressing the TRIP button for more
than 1 second, when the tripmeter
(TRIP A or TRIP B) is being displayed, clears the tripmeter to zero
(0.0).
OUB041052N
Distance to empty
This mode indicates the estimated
distance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the
amount of fuel delivered to the
engine. When the remaining distance
is below 1 miles (1 km), “---” will be
displayed and the distance to empty
indicator will blink.
The meter’s working range is from 1
to 990 miles (1 to 999 km).
4 51
Features of your vehicle
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the “Distance to
empty” function may not operate
correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to
the vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance
to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions,
driving habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
• The distance to empty value is an
estimate of the available driving
distance. This value may differ from
the actual driving distance available.
4 52
■ Type A
If the vehicle speed exceeds 0.6
MPH (1 km/h) after refueled more
than 6 l, the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero (---).
■ Type B
OUB041053N
Average fuel consumption
This mode calculates the average
fuel consumption from the total fuel
used and the distance since the last
average consumption reset. The total
fuel used is calculated from the fuel
consumption input. For an accurate
calculation, drive more than 0.03
mile (50 m).
Pressing the TRIP button for more
than 1 second, when the average
fuel consumption is displayed, clears
the average fuel consumption to zero
(---).
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OUB042054N
OUB041055N
OUB041056C
Instant fuel consumption
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption during the last few seconds.
Average speed
This mode calculates the average
speed of the vehicle since the last
average speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the average speed keeps going while
the engine is running.
Pressing the TRIP button for more
than 1 second, when the average
speed is displayed, clears the average speed to zero (---).
Elapsed time
This mode indicates the total time
traveled since the last elapsed time
reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the elapsed time keeps going while
the engine is running.
The meter’s working range is from
0:00~99:59.
Pressing the TRIP button for more
than 1 second, when the elapsed
time is being displayed, clears the
elapsed time to zero (0:00).
✽ NOTICE
You must drive more than 6 MPH
(10 km/h) (type A) or 3 MPH (5
km/h) (type B) for this mode to calculate the instant fuel consumption.
4 53
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
Type A
To change the outside temperature
display unit (°C ↔ °F), press the
RESET button more than 1 second
in this mode.
■ Type B
OUB041057N
Outside temperature (if equipped)
This mode indicates the outside temperature around the vehicle.
The meter's working range is from 40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F).
4 54
Type B
To Change the outside temperature
display unit (°C ↔ °F), see the following pages in Vehicle Option section.
■ Type A
■ Type B
OUB041176N
Manual transaxle shift indicator (if equipped)
This indicator informs you which
gear is desired while driving to save
fuel.
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th or
5th gear).
When the system is not working
properly, the indicator is not displayed.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type B
OUB041177N
OUB041062
Automatic transaxle shift position indicator (if equipped)
Illumination intensity
The illumination intensity of the
instrument panel is shown when
adjusting it with the illumination control switch.
For more details, refer to “Instrument
panel illumination” in section 4.
The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected.
OUB041069
User Settings (only for Type B
cluster, if equipped)
1.Stop the vehicle with the ignition
switch in the ON position or engine
running.
2.Press the TRIP button until the
User setting is displayed.
3.With the User setting displayed,
press the TRIP button for 2 seconds.
4.You can change the item by pressing the TRIP button and select an
item by pressing the RESET button.
4 55
Features of your vehicle
OUB041064
Car option (only for Type B
cluster, if equipped)
1.When the vehicle is at a standstill,
pressing the TRIP button for more
than 2 seconds with the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the ON
position or engine running, the
LCD display on the cluster will
change to the "User Setting" mode.
You can move to items by pressing
the TRIP button and select the item
by pressing the RESET button.
2.In the "User Setting" mode, select
"Vehicle Option".
3.Move (TRIP button) to the desired
item and select (RESET button).
4 56
OUB041065
OUB041066
Align steering wheel
(Steering position) (if equipped)
On - The warning illuminates on the
LCD display when the steering
wheel is not aligned with the
ENGINE START/STOP button
in the ON position.
Off - The warning does not illuminate
on the LCD display when the
steering wheel is not aligned
with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position.
Outside temperature unit
(if equipped)
You can exchange the outside temperature unit °C ↔ °F.
Features of your vehicle
OUB041067
Language
Choose a language you prefer within
the LCD display.
OUB042068
Maintenance system
(only for Type B cluster,
if equipped)
The Maintenance system informs the
driver when to replace engine oil and
rotate tires.
OUB041069
Maintenance
1.When the vehicle is at a standstill,
pressing the TRIP button for more
than 2 seconds with the ENGINE
START/ STOP button in the ON
position or engine running, the
LCD display on the cluster will
change to the "User Setting" mode.
You can move to the items by
pressing the TRIP button and
select the item by pressing the
RESET button.
2.In the "User Setting" mode select
"Maintenance".
4 57
Features of your vehicle
OUB042070
OUB042071
OUB041072
Maintenance schedule
1.Select the desired engine oil (tire
rotation) maintenance schedule.
2.If finished, you can come out of the
Maintenance mode by pressing the
TRIP button for more than 2 seconds.
Engine Oil(Tire Rotation) Service
Required
1.If service is required, the message
will be displayed.
2.If you would like to reset or inactivate the maintenance system
press the RESET button for more
than 1 second. The display will
change to "Engine Oil Service
Message" mode.
You can move to items by pressing
the TRIP button and select the
desired item by pressing the
RESET button.
4 58
Features of your vehicle
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). Any light that does
not illuminate should be checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
After starting the engine, check to
make sure that all warning lights are
off. If any warning lights are still on,
this indicates a situation that needs
attention. When releasing the parking brake, the brake system warning
light should go off. The fuel warning
light will stay on if the fuel level is low.
Air bag warning light
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
This light also comes on when the
Supplement Restraint System (SRS)
is not working properly. If the air bag
warning light does not come on, or
continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you
turned the ignition switch to the ON
position or started the engine, or if it
comes on while driving, have the
SRS inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This warning light illuminates if the
ignition switch is turned ON and goes
off in approximately 3 seconds if the
system is operating normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible. The normal
braking system will still be operational, but without the assistance of
the anti-lock brake system.
4 59
Features of your vehicle
Electronic brake
force distribution (EBD) system warning
light
If these two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving, your
vehicle’s ABS and EBD system may
have malfunctioned.
In this case, your ABS and regular
brake system may not work normally.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING - ABS/brake
lights
If both ABS and Brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your
vehicle’s brake system will not
work normally during sudden
braking. In this case, avoid high
speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
4 60
If the ABS warning light or EBD
warning light is on and stays on, the
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter
may not work. In this case, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will blink for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch ON,
regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned on,
the seat belt warning light and the
seat belt warning chime will operate
for approximately 6 seconds. But if
the belts is refastened within the 6
seconds, the warning chime will turn
off and the warning light will blink for
the remainder of the 6 second period.
Features of your vehicle
If the driver's seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds. But if it is fastened
within the 6 seconds the warning
light will turn off immediately. If the
driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the vehicle speed exceeds 6
mph (10 km/h), the seat belt warning
light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6
seconds on and 24 seconds off until
the belt is fastened or the vehicle
speed decreases below 3 mph (5
km/h).
Turn signal indicator
Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
The blinking green arrows on the
instrument panel show the direction
indicated by the turn signals. If the
arrow comes on but does not blink,
blinks more rapidly than normal, or
does not illuminate at all, it indicates
a malfunction in the turn signal system. You should consult your dealer
for repairs.
This indicator also blinks when the
hazard warning switch is turned on.
The indicator illuminates when the
front fog lights ON.
Tail light indicator
This indicator illuminates when the
tail lights are on.
High beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the
headlights are on and in the high
beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-toPass position.
4 61
Features of your vehicle
Engine oil pressure
warning light
This warning light indicates the
engine oil pressure is low.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving:
1.Drive safely to the side of the road
and stop.
2.With the engine off, check the
engine oil level. If the level is low,
add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, call
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Engine
damage
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illuminated and stays on while the
engine is running, serious
engine damage may result.
4 62
The oil pressure warning light comes
on whenever there is insufficient oil
pressure. In normal operation, it
should come on when the ignition
switch is turned on, then go out when
the engine is started. If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the
engine is running, there is a serious
malfunction.
Parking brake & brake
fluid warning light
Parking brake warning
This warning light illuminates for 3
seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position and then it
will go out.
Also, this light illuminates when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. The warning light should go out
when the parking brake is released.
Features of your vehicle
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may
indicate that the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required. Then check
all brake components for fluid
leaks.
3.Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
found, the warning light remains on
or the brakes do not operate properly. Have the vehicle towed to any
authorized Kia dealer for a brake
system inspection and necessary
repairs.
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail. With only one of the
dual systems working, more than
normal pedal travel and greater
pedal pressure are required to stop
the vehicle. Also, the vehicle will not
stop in as short a distance with only
a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail while you are
driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
To check bulb operation, check
whether the parking brake and brake
fluid warning light illuminates when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Charging system warning light
This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or
electrical charging system.
If the warning light illuminates while
the vehicle is in motion:
1.Drive to the nearest safe location.
2.With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
3.If the belt is adjusted properly, a
problem exists somewhere in the
electrical charging system. Have
an authorized Kia dealer correct
the problem as soon as possible.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
Trunk lid (or tailgate)
open warning light
Immobilizer indicator
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates when
the trunk lid (or tailgate) is not closed
securely with the ignition switch in
any position.
If any of the following occurs in a
vehicle equipped with the smart key,
the immobilizer indicator illuminates,
blinks or goes off.
• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC or ON position, the indicator will illuminate for
a few minutes to indicate that you
are able to start the engine.
However, when the smart key is
not in the vehicle, if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is pressed,
the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you are not
able to start the engine.
• When the ENGINE START/STOP
button changes to the ON position
from the ACC position without the
smart key in the vehicle, the indicator blinks for a few minutes to
indicate that you are not able to
start the engine.
Door ajar warning light
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely with the
ignition switch in any position.
4 64
• When the battery is weak, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, the indicator will blink and
you are not able to start the
engine. However, you are able to
start the engine by inserting the
smart key in the smart key holder.
If the smart key system related
parts have a problem, the indicator
will blink.
Features of your vehicle
Low fuel level warning
light
This warning light indicates the fuel
tank is nearly empty. When it comes
on, you should add fuel as soon as
possible. Driving with the fuel level
warning light on or with the fuel level
below “E” can cause the engine to
misfire and damage the catalytic
converter (if equipped).
Malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL)
(check engine light)
This indicator is part of the Engine
Control System which monitors various emission control system components. If this indicator illuminates
while driving, it indicates that a
potential malfunction has been
detected somewhere in the emission
control system.
This indicator will also illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, and will go off in a
few seconds after the engine is started. If it illuminates while driving, or
does not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
take your vehicle to the nearest
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue
to be drivable, but have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
promptly.
CAUTION - MIL
illumination
• Prolonged driving with the
Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light
illuminated may cause damage to the emission control
systems which could effect
drivability and/or fuel economy.
• If the Emission Control
System Malfunction Indicator
Light illuminates, potential
catalytic converter damage.
This could result in loss of
engine power. Have the
Engine
Control
System
inspected as soon as possible
by an authorized Kia dealer.
4 65
Features of your vehicle
ESC indicator
(Electronic Stability
Control)
The ESC indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned
ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESC is
on, it monitors the driving conditions
under normal driving conditions, the
ESC light will remain off. When a slippery or low traction condition is
encountered, the ESC will operate,
and the ESC indicator will blink to
indicate the ESC is operating.
If the ESC indicator stays on, the
ESC may have a malfunction. Take
your car to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
4 66
ESC OFF indicator
Low tire pressure telltale
The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is
turned ON, but should go off after
approximately 3 seconds. To switch
to ESC OFF mode, press the ESC
OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator
will illuminate indicating the ESC is
deactivated.
The low tire pressure telltale comes
on for 3 seconds after the ignition
key is turned to the "ON" position.
If the warning light does not come
on, or continuously remains on after
coming on for about 3 seconds when
you turned the ignition key to the
"ON" position, the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System is not working
properly. If this occurs, have your
vehicle checked by an Kia authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
This warning light will also illuminate
if one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. You should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible. If the warning light illuminates while driving, reduce vehicle
speed immediately and stop the
vehicle.
Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel. Inflate the
tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s tire information
placard.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Low tire
pressure
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on tires with
low pressure will cause the tires
to overheat and fail.
Cruise indicator (if equipped)
CRUISE indicator
Cruise SET indicator
SET
CRUISE
The indicator illuminates when the
cruise control system is enabled.
The cruise indicator in the instrument
cluster is illuminated when the cruise
control ON/OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed.
The indicator goes off when the
cruise control ON/OFF button is
pushed again. For more Information,
refer to “Cruise control system” in
section 5.
The indicator illuminates when the
cruise function switch (SET- or
RES+) is ON.
The cruise SET indicator in the
instrument cluster illuminates when
the cruise control switch (SET- or
RES+) is pushed.
The cruise SET indicator does not
illuminate when the cruise control
switch (CANCEL) is pushed or the
system is disengaged.
Key reminder warning chime
(if equipped)
If the driver’s door is opened while
the ignition key is left in the ignition
switch (ACC or LOCK position), the
key reminder warning chime will
sound. This is to prevent you from
locking your keys in the vehicle. The
chime sounds until the key is
removed from the ignition switch or
the driver’s door is closed.
4 67
Features of your vehicle
Electric power steering
(EPS) system warning
light (if equipped)
ECOMINDER® indicator
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates after
the ignition key is turned to the ON
position and then it will go off when
the engine starts.
This light also comes on when the
EPS has malfunctioned. If it comes
on while driving, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
The ECOMINDER® indicator is displayed to help you improve fuel efficiency when you are driving.
• The ECOMINDER® indicator will
turn the ECO light green on the
instrument panel when you are
driving efficiently in the ECO ON
mode.
If you don't want the indicator displayed, you can turn the ECO ON
mode to OFF mode by pressing
the TRIP button.
• When the instant fuel consumption
mode(if equipped) is displayed on
the LCD display or the system is
not working properly, the indicator
turns off. If the indicator turns off
when the instant fuel consumption
mode or ECO OFF mode is not
selected,
have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
Fuel cap open warning
indicator
This warning light indicates the fuel
filler cap is not tighten securely.
Always make sure that the fuel filler
cap is tight.
4 68
• Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
• The system stops operating when
the transaxle is in the P (Park), R
(Reverse), N (Neutral) position or
sports mode, or when the instant
fuel consumption mode is selected.
WARNING -
ECOMINDER® indicator
Don't keep watching the “ECO”
ECOMINDER® indicator while
driving. It may distract you
while driving and cause an accident.
Features of your vehicle
Auto stop indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator will illuminate when the
engine enters the Idle Stop mode of
the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
When the automatic starting occurs,
the auto stop indicator on the cluster
will blink for 5 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC
OFF, ESC or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean the
system is malfunctioning.
For more details, refer to the ISG
(Idle Stop and Go) system in chapter
5.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
LCD display warning (if equipped)
• For vehicle’s equipped with smart key system
Key is not in vehicle
Key is not detected
Press start with smart key
OUB043073
OUB043074
OUB043075
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
and if any door is opened or closed
with the engine start/stop button in
the ACC, ON, or START position, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display. Also, the chime sounds for 5
seconds when the smart key is not in
the vehicle and the door is closed.
Always have the smart key with you.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
or is not detected and you press the
engine start/stop button, the warning
illuminates on the LCD display for 10
seconds. Also, the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 seconds.
If you press the engine start/stop
button while the warning “Key is not
detected” is illuminated, the warning
“Press the start button with smart
key” illuminates for 10 seconds on
the LCD display. Also, the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 seconds.
4 70
Features of your vehicle
• For vehicle’s equipped with smart key system
Low key battery
Press brake pedal to start engine
(for automatic transaxle)
Press clutch pedal to start engine
(for manual transaxle)
OUB043076
If the engine start/stop button
changes to the OFF position when
the smart key in the vehicle discharges, the warning illuminates on
the LCD display for about 10 seconds. Also, the warning chime
sounds once.
Replace the battery with a new one.
OUB041077
OUB041078
If the engine start/stop button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal,
the warning illuminates on the LCD
display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the
brake pedal to start the engine.
If the engine start/stop button turns
to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without
depressing the clutch pedal, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should depress the clutch
pedal to start the engine.
4 71
Features of your vehicle
• For vehicle’s equipped with smart key system
Shift to "P" position
(for automatic transaxle)
Press start button again
Shift to "P" or "N" to start the
engine (for automatic transaxle)
OUB041080
OUB041079
If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P (Park)
position, the engine start/stop button
will turn to the ACC position. If the
button is pressed once more it will
turn to the ON position. The warning
illuminates on the LCD display for
about 10 seconds to indicate that
you should press the engine
start/stop button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position to turn off the
engine.
Also, the warning chime sounds for
about 10 seconds. (if equipped)
4 72
If you can not operate the engine
start/stop button when there is a
problem with the engine start/stop
button system, the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime
sounds continuously to indicate that
you could start the engine by pressing the engine start/stop button once
more.
The chime will stop if the engine
start/stop button system works normally or the theft alarm system is
armed.
If the warning illuminates each time
you press the engine start/stop button, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
OUB041081
If you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P(Park) or
N(Neutral) position, the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the
LCD display.
You can also start the engine with
the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position, but for your safety start the
engine with the shift lever in the
P(Park) position.
Features of your vehicle
Press start button while turn steering
Check steering wheel lock system
Check stop lamp fuse (if equipped)
OUB041082
OUB041084
OUB041085
If the steering wheel does not unlock
normally when the engine start/stop
button is pressed, the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display. Also, the warning chime sounds
once and the engine start/stop button light blinks for 10 seconds.
When you are warned, press the
engine start/stop button while turning
the steering wheel right and left.
If the steering wheel does not lock
normally when the engine start/stop
button changes to the OFF position,
the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display. Also, the
warning chime sounds for 3 seconds
and the engine start/stop button light
blinks for 10 seconds.
When the stop lamp fuse is disconnected, the warning illuminates for
10 seconds on the LCD display.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
that is not possible you can start the
engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button for 10 seconds in
ACC.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
Door open! (if equipped)
Fuel cap open warning (if equipped)
Align steering wheel (if equipped)
OUB041087
OUB041170
OUB041088
It displays the corresponding door or
tailgate that is not closed securely.
This warning light indicates the fuel
filler cap is not tight securely.
Always make sure that the fuel filler
cap is tight.
If you start the engine when the
steering wheel is turned 90 degrees
to the left after a couple of seconds,
“Align steering wheel” illuminates on
the LCD display for 5 seconds.
Turn the steering wheel to the right
and make it turned to the left less
than 30 degrees.
4 74
Features of your vehicle
Align steering wheel (if equipped)
Low tire pressure (if equipped)
OUB041089
OUB043210
If you start the engine when the
steering wheel is turned 90 degrees
to the right after a couple of seconds,
“Align steering wheel” illuminates on
the LCD display for 5 seconds.
Turn the steering wheel to the left
and make it turned to the right less
than 30 degrees.
This warning message will illuminate
when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
REAR-CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)
Always keep the camera lens clean. If
lens is covered with foreign matter,
the camera may not operate normally.
WARNING - Rear Camera
Display
OUB045092N
OUB041093
The Rear-Camera Display will activate when the back-up light is ON
with the ignition switch ON and the
shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.
This system is a supplemental system that displays a veiw from behind
the vehicle through the UVO audio or
navigation display while backing-up.
4 76
The rear view camera is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle, nor is it a substitute for proper and safe backing-up procedures. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle. Objects
can be much closer than they
appear in the display screen
and can be distorted in both
size and proportion. The RearCamera Display may not display
every object behind the vehicle.
WARNING - Backing &
using camera
Never rely solely on the rear
view camera when backing. You
must always use methods of
viewing the area behind you
including looking over both
shoulders as well as continuously checking all three rear
view mirrors. Due to the difficulty of ensuring that the area
behind you remains clear,
always back slowly and stop
immediately if you even suspect
that a person, and especially a
child, might be behind you.
Features of your vehicle
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER LIGHTING
Battery saver function
OUB045094N
The hazard warning flasher should
be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous
location. When you must make such
an emergency stop, always pull off
the road as far as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned
on by pushing in the hazard switch.
Both turn signal lights will blink. The
hazard warning lights will operate
even though the key is not in the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch again.
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lights when
the driver removes the ignition key
and opens the driver- side door.
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the
driver parks on the side of the road
at night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the ignition key is removed,
perform the following :
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
OXM049110
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
4 77
Features of your vehicle
OAM049041
OAM049042
OFS040084
Parking light position (
)
When the light switch is in the parking light position (1st position), the
tail, position, license and instrument
panel lights will turn ON.
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight position (2nd position) the head,
tail, position, license and instrument
panel lights will turn ON.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
Auto light position (if equipped)
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of
light outside the vehicle.
Never place anything over sensor (1)
located on the instrument panel. This
will ensure better auto-light system
control.
Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner. The cleaner may leave
a light film which could interfere with
sensor operation.
If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on the
front windshield, the Auto light system may not work properly.
4 78
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver's vision.
OAM049044
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it
back for low beams.
The high-beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
OAM049043
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal (low-beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
4 79
Features of your vehicle
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be
burned out and will require replacement.
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
OAM049045
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating. They
will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
4 80
One-touch lane change function
(if equipped)
To activate an one-touch lane
change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3
times.
✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
OAM049046N
Front fog light (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow etc. The
fog lights will turn on when the fog
light switch (1) is turned to the on
position after the headlights are
turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the
switch (1) to the off position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Front
Rear (if equipped) (5 door)
A : Wiper speed control (front)
· HI – High wiper speed
· LO – Low wiper speed
· INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Automatic control wipe
· OFF – Off
· MIST – Single wipe
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
OAM049100L/OAM049048N
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*
D : Rear wiper/washer control*
· ON – Continuous wipe
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· OFF – Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
* : if equipped
4 81
Features of your vehicle
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever upward and
release it. The wipers will
operate continuously if the
lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in a light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice
is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
4 82
Rain sensor
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is ON,
the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set
the wiper to off position when the
wiper is not in use.
Always remove all snow and ice and
defrost the windshield properly prior
to operating the windshield wipers.
OXM049123
AUTO (Automatic) control
(if equipped)
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls
the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the
wiper operates. When the rain stops,
the wiper stops.
✽ NOTICE - Sensor cover
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass as this
may damage the sensor system.
✽ NOTICE - Winter driving
Always set the auto wiper switch to
the off position in the winter to avoid
auto activation during icy conditions
which may damage the windshield
wipers.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Wiper
position
When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the off position to stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode while washing
the vehicle.
Windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever. If
the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level.
If the fluid level is not sufficient, you
will need to add appropriate nonabrasive windshield washer fluid to
the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
CAUTION - Washer
pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
WARNING - Obscured
visibility
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Wipers &
windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner,
or other solvents on or near
them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
4 84
OAM049103N
Rear window wiper and washer switch (5 door)
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
ON - Normal wiper operation
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
OXM049125
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever.
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING - Interior light
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
glare from the interior lights
may obstruct your view and
cause an accident.
OAM049052
OUB041098
Map lamp (if equipped)
Room lamp
1.Push the lens to turn the light on or
off.
2.DOOR : The light comes on or
goes off when a door is
opened or closed.
3.OFF (Door switch is not pressed) :
The light stays off at all times even
when a door is opened.
When the light is turned on with the
lens pressed, the light is not turned
off even with the switch in the OFF
position.
1.ON : The light stays on at all times.
2.DOOR : The light comes on or off
when a door is opened or
closed.
3.OFF : The light stays off at all
times even when a door is
opened.
Do not leave the switch in the ON
position for an extended period of
time when the vehicle is not running.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
■ 4 door
ORBC040059
■ 5 door
OLM049105
Vanity mirror lamp
(if equipped)
OUB041099
Luggage room lamp
The luggage room lamp comes on
when the trunk (tailgate) is opened.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the trunk (tailgate) securely after using the luggage room.
4 86
Push the switch to turn the light on or
off.
•
: The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
•
: The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed.
Always have the switch in the off
position when the vanity mirror lamp
is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed
without the lamp off, it may discharge
the battery or damage the sunvisor.
OUB041100
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
CAUTION - Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
Defrosting and Defogging” in this
section.
OUB045101
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while the engine is running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster
manually, press the rear window
defroster button again.
Outside mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time
you turn on the rear window
defroster.
4 87
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Mode selection knob
3. Temperature control knob
4. Air conditioning button (if equipped)
5. Rear window defroster button
6. Recirculated air position button
7. Outside fresh air position button
OUB045103L
4 88
Features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning
1.Start the engine.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air
position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
OUB045104N
4 89
Features of your vehicle
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, E, C)
Floor/Defrost-Level
(A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
OUB041105
Mode selection
The mode selection knob controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Six
symbols are used to represent Face,
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and
Defrost air position.
4 90
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
Features of your vehicle
OUB045106L
OUB041107
OUB045108L
MAX A/C-Level (B, D) (if equipped)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool
the inside of the vehicle faster.
In this mode, the air conditioning and
the recirculated air position will be
selected automatically.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the
air flowing from the ventilation system. To change the air temperature in
the passenger compartment, turn
the knob to the right for warm air or
left for cooler air.
4 91
Features of your vehicle
OUB045109
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position, push the control button.
4 92
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when
the recirculated air position is selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from passenger compartment will be drawn
through the heating system and heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged operation of
the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result
in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING - Recirculated
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the
button will not illuminate
when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected.
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
air
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Reduced
visibility
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
OUB045110
OUB045208L
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the air
flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the fan speed, turn the
knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.
To turn off the blowers
To turn off the blowers, turn the fan
speed control knob to the “0” position.
4 93
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the
position.
2.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OUB045111
Air conditioning (if equipped)
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning system off.
4 94
Heating
1.Set the mode to the
position.
2.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
,
position.
Operation Tips
• To prevent dust or unpleasant
fumes from entering the vehicle
through the ventilation system,
temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position.
Be sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irritation
has passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning (if equipped)
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant.
1.Start the engine. Push the air conditioning button.
2.Set the mode to the
position.
3.Set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. However,
prolonged operation of the reticulated air position will excessively
dry the air. In this case, change the
air position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
CAUTION - Excessive
AC
While using the air conditioning
system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving
up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating and potential engine
damage. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
4 95
Features of your vehicle
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
4 96
✽ NOTICE
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Heater core
Evaporator
core
OMG075033
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty,
rough roads, more frequent climate control air filter inspections
and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - AC Repair
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle’s air conditioning system is under very high pressure.
If proper service procedures are
not followed an explosion may
result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the air conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by
trained and certified technicians.
CAUTION - AC Repair
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used, otherwise
damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the
air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 97
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. Temperature control knob
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Climate control display
4. Fan speed control knob
5. OFF button
6. Front windshield defroster button
7. Rear window defroster button
8. Mode selection button
9. Air conditioning button (if equipped)
10. Air intake control button
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the
ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to
discharge. It is best to operate
the blower when the engine is
running.
OUB045120N
4 98
Features of your vehicle
OUB045121
OUB045126
Automatic heating and air conditioning
1. Push the AUTO button. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically according to the
temperature setting.
2. Set the temperature control knob
to set the desired temperature.
✽ NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23°C (73°F).
4 99
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air conditioning
OUN026312
✽ NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
4 100
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning
any knob) except the AUTO button
while using automatic operation, the
functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1.Start the engine.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
Features of your vehicle
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Face-Level (B, D)
OUB045123
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Refer to the illustration in the
“Manual climate control system”.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
OUB041124
OUB041107
OUB045126
Defrost mode
When you select the defrost mode,
the following system settings will be
made automatically:
• The air conditioning system will be
turned on.
• The outside(fresh) air position will
be selected.
• The fan speed will be set to the
high speed.
To turn the defrost mode off, press
the mode button or defrost button
again or AUTO button.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet port can be opened or
closed separately using the horizontal thumbwheel. To close the vent,
rotate it downward to the maximum
position. To open the vent, rotate it
upward to the desired position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
the right extremely.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the left extremely.
When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
4 102
Features of your vehicle
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature
mode between Centigrade and
Fahrenheit as follows:
While pressing the OFF button,
press the
AUTO button for 4 seconds or more.
The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heating system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
OUB045127
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control position, press the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
4 103
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
WARNING - Reduced
visibility
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
4 104
WARNING - Sleeping
with AC on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on as this may cause
serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
WARNING - Recirculated
air
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
OUB045130
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control knob.
The higher the fan speed is, the
more air is delivered.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OUB045131
OUB045132
Air conditioning (A/C)
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OFF mode
Press the OFF button to turn off the
air climate control system. However,
you can still operate the air intake
buttons as long as the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
position.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
4 106
Air conditioning
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with environmentally friendly R134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine. Press the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, then set the
fan speed control to the highest
speed.
CAUTION
• When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while
driving up hills or in heavy
traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may
cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the blower fan
but turn the air conditioning
system off if the temperature
gauge indicates engine overheating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets
inside the vehicle. Since
excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical
equipment, air conditioning
should only be used with the
windows closed.
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively,
the
difference
between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection knob
or button to the
position and
fan speed control to the lower
speed.
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower Evaporator core
Climate control air filter
Heater core
OHM048209
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system. If
dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even when
the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
4 107
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
4 108
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
The air conditioning system
should be serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Improper service may cause
serious injury to the person performing the service.
✽ NOTICE
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the
compressor and abnormal system
operation may occur.
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and the
windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection knob or button to the
position and fan speed control knob or button to a lower
speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the
windshield.
OUB045133
Manual climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1.Select any fan speed except “0”
position.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Select the
or
position.
4.The outside (fresh) air will be
selected automatically.
If the outside (fresh) air position is
not selected automatically, press the
corresponding button manually.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OUB045134
To defrost outside windshield
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2.Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position.
3.Select the
position.
4.The outside (fresh) air will be
selected automatically.
4 110
OUB045135
Automatic climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The air conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected
ambient temperature and outside
(fresh) air position will be selected
automatically.
Features of your vehicle
Defogging logic
To reduce the probability of fogging
up inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the followings.
OUB045136
OUB041137
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The air conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected
ambient temperature and outside
(fresh) air position will be selected
automatically.
If the
position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Manual climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ( ).
3. Push the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
control button will blink 3 times with
0.5 second of interval. It indicates that
the defogging logic is canceled or
returned to the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
4 111
Features of your vehicle
The A/C display blinks 3 times. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed
status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it is reset to the defog
logic status.
OUB045138
OVF041170
Automatic climate control system
(if equipped)
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Select the defrost position pressing defrost button ( ).
3. While holding the air conditioning
button (A/C) pressed, press the air
intake control button at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
Auto defogging system
(Only for automatic climate control system, if equipped)
Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by
automatically sensing the moisture
of inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the AUTO mode is on.
4 112
Features of your vehicle
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle,
higher steps operate as follow.
Step 1 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 2 : Outside air position
Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the
windshield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
If your vehicle is equipped with the
auto defogging system, it is automatically activated when the conditions
are met. However, if you would like to
cancel the auto defogging system,
press the front defroster button 4
times within 2 seconds while pressing the AUTO button. The indicator
will blink 3 times to notify you that the
system is cancelled. To use the auto
defogging system again, follow the
procedures mentioned above.
If the battery has been disconnected
or discharged, it resets to the auto
defogging status.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
driver side windshield glass.
Damage to the system parts
could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
✽ NOTICE
If the A/C off is manually selected
while the auto defogging system is
on, the auto defogging indicator will
blink 3 times to give notice that the
A/C off can not be selected.
4 113
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartment.
Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do
not attempt to place so many items
in the storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover can not
close securely.
■ Type A
OUB041140
■ Type B
OUB041142
Glove box
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store, propane cylinders,
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
To open the glove box, pull the handle
and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.
Always keep the glove box closed
while the vehicle is in operation.
OUB041155
Center console storage
(if equipped)
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever.
4 114
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
■ 4 door
Do not put perishable food in the
cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh.
✽ NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box.
OUB041143K
OUB041206K
■ 5 door
Cool box (if equipped)
You can keep beverage cans or other
items cool in the glove box.
1.Turn on the air conditioning.
2.Slide the open/close lever of the
vent installed in the glove box to
the open position.
3.When the cool box is not used,
slide the lever to the closed position.
If some items in the cool box block
the vent, the cooling effectiveness of
the coolbox is reduced.
OUB041147
Luggage net holder
(if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to
attach the luggage net.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
If necessary, contact your authorized
Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net.
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky objects
in the luggage compartment.
WARNING - Luggage net
Always keep your face and
body out of the luggage net
recoil path and avoid using the
luggage net when the straps
have visible signs of wear or
damage. The luggage net can
snap and cause injuries.
4 116
OUB041148
Luggage tray (5 door)
(if equipped)
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
easy access.
1.Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
2.Fold the rear part of luggage tray
board frontward.
3.Lift up luggage tray board frontward (Luggage tray board stand
itself)
Features of your vehicle
OUB041148
OUB041151
OUB041150
OUB041178
OUB041149
Increase cargo space
(if equipped)
If you want to increase cargo space,
1.Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it
2.Fold the rear part of the luggage tray board frontward
3.Lift the luggage tray board hinge and pull it to the end of sliding slot.
4.Rotate it downward and slide it frontward (refer to the above pictures)
4 117
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
• Do not hold the lighter in after it is
already heated because it will
overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds, remove it to prevent
overheating.
CAUTION - Cigarette
lighter
OUB041152
Cigarette lighter (if equipped)
For the cigarette lighter to work, the
ignition switch must be in the ACC or
ON position.
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all
the way into its socket. When the element is heated, the lighter will pop
out to the “ready” position.
If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter, use only a genuine Kia
replacement or its approved equivalent.
4 118
Do not insert accessories into
the cigarette lighter socket.
Doing so can damage the lighter
socket
OUB041153
Ashtray (if equipped)
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it
out.
WARNING - Ashtray use
Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a
fire.
Features of your vehicle
Cup holder
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
■ Type A
When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not dry the cup holder at high temperature. This may damage the cup
holder.
OUB041154
■ Type B
CAUTION
Do not place uncovered cups in
the cup holder while the vehicle
is in motion. If the liquid spills,
electric systems may malfunction.
OUB041179
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 119
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
If you use the vanity mirror
lamp, turn off the lamp before
return the sunvisor to its original position. It could result in
battery discharge and possible
sunvisor damage.
OUB041172
OVG049174
Sliding armrest (if equipped)
Sunvisor
To move forward
Grab the front portion of the armrest
(1) then pull it forward
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the side
(2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension forward
or backward (3).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (4).
The ticket holder (5, if equipped) is
provided for holding a tollgate ticket.
To move rearward
Push the armrest rearward with your
palm.
4 120
Features of your vehicle
Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to
the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
Close the cover when not in use.
Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle’s power outlet. These
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in
your vehicle.
OUB045159L
OUB041157
Power outlet (if equipped)
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
WARNING - Electric
shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may get an electric shock.
Shopping bag holder (5 door)
• Do not hang a bag weighing more
than 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may cause
damage to the shopping bag holder.
• Do not hang the frail objects when
you drive rough road, the objects
may be damaged.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
Digital clock and calendar
(if equipped)
With audio on
1.Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button
(1) until the clock adjust mode displayed.
2.Set the clock by turning the knob
(2) and press it.
Whenever the battery terminals or
related fuses are disconnected, you
must reset the clock and the calendar.
When the ignition switch is in the
ACC or ON position, the clock buttons operate as follows:
WARNING - Clock
Setting
Distraction
OUB045161N
Setup the clock and calender
With audio off
1.Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button
(1) until the clock of the display
blinks.
2.Set the clock by turning the knob
(2) and press it.
4 122
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. Such adjustments may
distract you for too long from the
roadway and lead to a collision.
Features of your vehicle
For driver’s side
For passenger’s side
WARNING - After market
floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.
OUN026348
OTFNCO2001
Clothes hanger (if equipped)
Floor mat anchor(s)
To use the hanger, pull down the
upper portion of hanger.
When using a floor mat on the floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the
floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle.
This keeps the floor mat from sliding
forward.
CAUTION - Hanging
clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes,
since those may damage the
hook.
4 123
Features of your vehicle
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, Kia recommends that only
the Kia floor mat designed for use in
your vehicle be installed.
4 124
OUB041182N
Navigation system (if equipped)
The navigation system ascertains
the present position of your vehicle
by using information from satellites
and guides you to the place you
assign as the destination.
Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately supplied manual.
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
CAUTION - Antenna
Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna by
rotating it counter-clockwise. If
not, the antenna may be damaged.
OHM048154N
Antenna
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive both AM and FM broadcast
signals. This antenna can be
removed. To remove the antenna,
turn it counterclockwise. To install the
antenna, turn it clockwise.
When reinstalling your antenna, it is
important that it is fully tightened and
adjusted to the upright position to
ensure proper reception. But it could
be removed when parking the vehicle.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
OUB041163
Steering wheel audio control
(if equipped)
The steering wheel audio control button is installed to improve convenience.
Do not operate the audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
VOLUME (+/-) (1)
• Push the lever up to increase volume.
• Push the lever down to decrease
volume.
4 126
MODE (3)
Press the button to select Radio or
CD (compact disc).
If the SEEK button is pressed for less
than 0.8 second, it will work as follows in each mode.
MUTE (4)
• Press the MUTE button to cancel
the sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons.
SEEK/PRESET (
/
) (2)
The SEEK/PRESET button has different functions base on the system
mode. For the following functions the
button should be pressed for 0.8 second or more.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button.
CDP/USB/iPod® mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
iPod® is a registered trademark of
Apple Inc.
CDP/USB/iPod® mode
It will function as the TRACK
UP/DOWN button.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is described in the following
pages in this section.
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology (if equipped)
You can use a compatible phone via
using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology. Detailed information for
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
is described in the Audio system section.
Features of your vehicle
However, in some cases the signal
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear. This can be due to
factors, such as the distance from
the radio station, closeness of other
strong radio stations or the presence
of buildings, bridges or other large
obstructions in the area.
FM reception
OUB041165
Aux, USB and
(if equipped)
iPod®
If your vehicle has an AUX and/or
USB (universal serial bus) port, you
can use an AUX port to connect
audio devices and an USB port to
plug in an USB and also an iPod®
port to plug in an iPod®.
iPod® mobile digital device sold separately. Connectivity may require use
of the Kia accessory cable.
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of
the portable audio device.
JBM001
How vehicle audio works
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then received by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
When a strong radio signal has
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
AM reception
FM radio station
JBM002
JBM003
JBM004
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long, low frequency
radio waves can follow the curvature
of the earth rather than travelling
straight out into the atmosphere. In
addition, they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better
signal coverage.
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade at short distances from
the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains,
or other obstructions. These can
result in certain listening conditions
which might lead you to believe a
problem exists with your radio. The
following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select another
stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
the treble level may lessen this
effect until the disturbance clears.
4 128
Features of your vehicle
Satellite radio reception
You may experience difficulties in
receiving Sirius XM® Satellite Radio
signals in the following situations.
• If you are driving on a mountain
road where is the signal blocked by
mountains.
JBM005
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful
signal near the same frequency
may begin to play. This is because
your radio is designed to lock onto
the clearest signal. If this occurs,
select another station with a
stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from several directions can cause distortion
or fluttering. This can be caused by
a direct and reflected signal from
the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.
SATELITE2
SATELITE1
• If you are driving in a tunnel or a
covered parking area.
• If you are driving beneath the top
level of a multi-level freeway.
• If you drive under a bridge.
• If you are driving next to a tall vehicle (such as a truck or a bus) that
blocks the signal.
• If you are driving in a valley where
the surrounding hills or peaks
block the signal from the satellite.
• If you are driving in an area with tall
trees that block the signal (30 ft. /
10m or more), for example on an
road that goes through a dense forest.
• The signal can become weak in
some areas that are not covered
by the SIRIUS repeater network.
There may be other unforeseen circumstances leading to reception
problems with the SIRIUS satellite
radio signal.
4 129
Features of your vehicle
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with
the audio equipment. In such a case,
try to operate mobile devices as far
from the audio equipment as possible.
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely
affect safe operation of the vehicle.
4 130
WARNING - Cell phone
use
Do not use a cellular phone
while driving. Stop at a safe
location to use a cellular phone.
WARNING - Driver
Distraction
• Do not stare at the screen
while driving. Staring at the
screen for prolonged periods
of time could lead to traffic
accidents.
• Using the phone while driving
may lead to a lack of attention
of traffic conditions and
increase the likelihood of
accidents. Use the phone feature after parking the vehicle.
WARNING - Audio System
Do not disassemble, assemble,
or modify the audio system.
Such acts could result in fire or
electric shock.
WARNING - Antenna
Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightening as
such acts may lead to lightning
induced electric shock.
CAUTION
Refrain from use if the screen is
blank or no sound can be heard
as these signs may indicate
product malfunction.
Features of your vehicle
• Adjust the volume to levels that
allow the driver to hear sounds
from outside of the vehicle. Driving
in a state where external sounds
cannot be heard may lead to accidents.
• Pay attention to the volume setting
when turning the device on. A sudden output of extreme volume
upon turning the device on could
lead to hearing impairment. (Adjust
the volume to a suitable levels
before turning off the device.)
• Turn on the car ignition before
using the audio system. Do not
operate the audio system for long
periods of time with the ignition
turned off; such operations may lead
to battery discharge.
• In case of product malfunction,
please contact your place of purchase or After Service center.
• Placing the audio system within an
electromagnetic environment may
result in noise interference.
CAUTION
• Do not subject the device to
severe shock or impact. Direct
pressure onto the front side of
the monitor may cause damage
to the LCD or touch screen.
• When cleaning the device,
make sure to turn off the
audio system and use a dry
and smooth cloth. Never use
tough materials, chemical
cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
benzene, thinners, etc.) as
such materials may damage
the device panel or cause
color/quality deterioration
• Do not place beverages close
to the audio system. Spilling
beverages may lead to system
malfunction.
• Prevent caustic solutions such
as perfume and cosmetic oil
from contacting the dashboard
because they may cause damage or discoloration.
4 131
Features of your vehicle
USING THE USB DEVICE
• To use an external USB device,
make sure the device is not connected when starting up the vehicle. Connect the device after starting up.
• If you start the engine when the
USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB
flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.)
• If the engine is started up or turned
off while the external USB device is
connected, the external USB device
may not work.
• The System may not play unauthenticated MP3 or WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the compression rate between
8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music files
with the compression rate
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static electricity when connecting or disconnecting the external USB device.
(Continued)
4 132
(Continued)
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not
recognizable.
• Depending on the condition of the
external USB device, the connected external USB device can be
unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector
setting of External USB device is
not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,
then the device will not be recognized.
• Use only a USB device formatted
to FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recognizable.
• Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact
with the human body or other
objects.
• If you repeatedly connect or disconnect the USB device in a short
period of time, it may break the
device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• You may hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnecting
a USB device.
• If you disconnect the external USB
device during playback in USB
mode, the external USB device
can be damaged or may malfunction. Therefore, disconnect the
external USB device when the
audio is turned off or in another
mode. (e.g, Radio)
• Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or
the type of the files stored in the
device, there is a difference in the
time for recognition the device.
• Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music
files.
• Playing videos through the USB is
not supported.
• Use of USB accessories such as
rechargers or heaters using USB
I/F may lower performance or
cause trouble.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If you use devices such as a USB
hub purchased separately, the
vehicle’s audio system may not
recognize the USB device. In that
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia terminal
of the vehicle.
• If the USB device is divided by logical drives, only the music files on
the highest-priority drive are recognized by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard
USB I/F can be unrecognizable.
• Charging through the USB may not
be supported in some mobile
devices.
• USB HDD or USB types liable to
connection failures due to vehicle
vibrations are not supported. (i-stick
type)
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Some USB flash memory readers
(such as CF, SD, micro SD, etc.) or
external-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are
not recognizable.
• The data in the USB memory may
be lost while using this audio.
Always back up important data on
a personal storage device.
• Please avoid using USB
memory products which
can be used as key
chains or cellular phone
accessories as they
could cause damage to the USB
jack. Please make certain only to
use plug type connector products.
4 133
Features of your vehicle
USING iPod® DEVICE
iPhone is a registered trademark of
Apple inc.
• Some iPod® models may not support communication protocol and
files may not play properly.
Supported iPod® models:
- iPhone® 3GS/4
- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation
- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation
- iPod® classic
• The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod® can be different
from the order searched in the
audio system.
• If the iPod® is disabled due to its
own malfunction, reset the iPod®.
(Reset: Refer to iPod® manual)
• An iPod® may not operate normally
on low battery.
(Continued)
®
4 134
(Continued)
• Some iPod® devices, such as the
iPhone®, can be connected
through the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology interface. The device
must have audio Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology capability
(such as for stereo headphone
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ).
The device can play, but it will not
be controlled by the audio system.
• To use iPod® features within the
audio mode, use the cable provided upon purchasing an iPod®
device.
• Skipping or improper operation
may occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod®/iPhone®
device.
• If your iPhone® is connected to
both the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology and USB, only iPod®
mode will be supported during
Bluetooth® Audio Streaming. To use
Bluetooth® Audio Streaming, disconnect iPod® cable with iPhone®.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When connecting iPod® with the
iPod® Power Cable, insert the connector to the multimedia socket
completely. If not inserted completely, communications between iPod®
and audio may be interrupted.
• When adjusting the sound effects
of the iPod® and the audio system,
the sound effects of both devices
will overlap and might reduce or
distort the quality of the sound.
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod® when adjusting the audio system’s volume, and
turn off the equalizer of the audio
system when using the equalizer of
an iPod®.
• When not using iPod® with car
audio, detach the iPod® cable from
iPod®. Otherwise, iPod® may remain
in accessory mode, and may not
work properly.
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology(if equipped)
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used
during operation of the vehicle.
Before Using the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology
Handsfree
What is Bluetooth® ?
• Bluetooth® refers to a short-distance wireless networking technology which uses a 2.4GHz ~ 2.48GHz
frequency to connect various
devices within a certain distance.
• Supported within PCs, external
devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,
various electronic devices, and automotive environments, Bluetooth®
allows data to be transmitted at high
speeds without having to use a connector cable.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a
device which allows the user to
conveniently make phone calls with
Bluetooth® mobile phones through
the audio system.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
To learn more about mobile device
compatibility, visit www.kia.com.
4 135
Features of your vehicle
Precautions for Safe Driving
• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature
that enables drivers to practice
safe driving. Connecting the head
unit with a Bluetooth® phone allows
the user to conveniently make and
receive calls and use contacts.
Before using Bluetooth®, carefully
read the contents of this user’s
manual.
• Excessive use or operations while
driving may lead to negligent driving
practices and result in accidents.
Refrain from excessive operations
while driving.
• Viewing the screen for prolonged
periods of time is dangerous and
may lead to accidents. When driving, view the screen only for short
periods of time.
4 136
When connecting a Bluetooth®
Phone
• Before connecting the head unit
with the mobile phone, check to
see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth® features.
• Even if the phone supports Bluetooth®,
the phone will not be found during
device searches if the phone has
been set to hidden state or the
Bluetooth® power is turned off.
Disable the hidden state or turn on
the Bluetooth® power prior to
searching/connecting with the Head
unit.
• If you do not want an automatic connection with your Bluetooth® device,
turn off the Bluetooth® feature within your mobile phone.
• The Handsfree call volume and
quality may differ depending on the
mobile phone.
• Park the vehicle when connecting
the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Bluetooth® connection may become
intermittently disconnected in some
mobile phones. Follow these steps
to try again.
1. Within the mobile phone, turn
the Bluetooth® function off/on
and try again.
2. Turn the mobile phone power
Off/On and try again.
3. Reboot the audio system and try
again.
4. Delete all paired devices, pair
and try again.
• Handsfree call quality and volume
may differ depending on the model
of your mobile phone.
Features of your vehicle
Voice Recognition
(if equipped)
• When using the voice recognition
feature, only commands listed
within the user's manual are supported.
• Be aware that during the operation
of the voice recognition system,
pressing any key other than the
key terminate voice recognition mode.
• For optimal voice recognition performance, position your head
below the microphone above the
driver’s seat and maintain proper
position when speaking voice commands.
• Within the following situations,
voice recognition may not function
properly due to external sound.
- When the windows and sunroof
are open
- When the blower AC/heater is set
to high
- When entering and passing
through tunnels
(Continued)
(Continued)
- When driving on rugged and
uneven roads
- During severe rain (heavy rains,
windstorms)
• Phone related voice commands can
be used only when a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device is connected.
• When making calls by stating a
name, the corresponding contact
must be downloaded and stored
within the audio system.
• After downloading the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone book,
it takes some times to convert the
phone book data into voice information. During this time, voice
recognition may not properly operate.
• Pronounce the voice commands
naturally and clearly as if in a normal conversation.
4 137
Features of your vehicle
Standard Audio System
■ Type A-1
(equipped with Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)
4 138
■ Type A-2
Features of your vehicle
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS
AND FUNCTIONS
❈Display and settings may differ
depending on the selected audio.
Audio Head Unit
■ Type A-1
(1)
(EJECT)
Ejects the disc.
(2) RADIO
Changes to FM/AM/SIRIUS® mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3.
❈ In Setup Display, the radio pop
up screen will be displayed when
[Mode Pop up] is turned On .
When the pop up screen is displayed, use the
TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the
desired mode.
(3) MEDIA
Changes to CD, USB(iPod®), AUX,
My Music, BT Audio mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of CD,
USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT
Audio.
❈ In Setup Display, the media pop
up screen will be displayed when
[Mode Pop up] is turned On .
When the pop up screen is displayed, use the
TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the
desired mode.
(4) PHONE
Operates Phone Screen
❈When a phone is not connected,
the connection screen is displayed.
SEEK
(5) TRACK
Radio Mode : Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies.
CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Moves to next or previous song (file)
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8
seconds) : Rewinds or fast-forwards
the current song.
BT Audio mode : Moves to next or
previous song(file)
❈The Play/Pause feature may operate differently depending on the
mobile phone.
(6)
POWER/VOL knob
Power : Turns power On/Off by pressing the knob
Volume : Sets volume by turning
the knob left/right
4 139
Features of your vehicle
(7) DISP
Each time the button is shortly
pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it sets
the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟
Screen Off
❈ Audio operation is maintained and
only the screen will be turned Off.
In the screen Off state, press any
key to turn the screen On again.
(8) SCAN
Radio Mode
- Shortly press the key : Previews
each broadcast for 5 seconds
each.
4 140
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8
seconds) : Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds each.
❈Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current
frequency.
❈SAT Radio does not support the
Preset scan feature.
CD, USB, My Music mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Previews each song
(file) for 10 seconds each.
❈Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current
song (file).
(9) SETUP/CLOCK
Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,
Clock, Phone, System setting modes
Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds) : Move to the Time setting
screen
(10) MENU
Displays menus for the current mode.
❈ iPod® List : Move to parent category
CAT
(11) FOLDER
Radio Mode®
- SIRIUS® RADIO : Category Search
MP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search
(12)
TUNE knob
Radio mode : Changes frequency by
turning the knob left/right.
CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode :
Searches songs (files) by turning the
knob left/right.
❈When the desired song is displayed, press the knob to play the
song.
Moves focus in all selection menus
and selects menus.
Features of your vehicle
(13) 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
Radio Mode : Saves frequencies
(channels) or receives saved frequencies (channels)
CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode
- 1 RPT : Repeat
- 2 RDM : Random
In the Radio, Media, Setup, and
Menu pop up screen, the number
menu is selected.
■ Type A-2
(14) SAT
Changes to SIRIUS® Satellite Radio
mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of SAT1 ➟
SAT2 ➟ SAT3.
(15) MEDIA
Changes to CD, USB(iPod140), AUX
mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of CD,
USB(iPod®), AUX.
❈In Setup Display, the media pop
up screen will be displayed when
[Mode Pop up] is turned .
When the pop up screen is displayed, use the
TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the
desired mode.
SEEK
(16) TRACK
Radio Mode : Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies.
CD, USB, iPod® modes
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Moves to next or previous song (file)
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8
seconds) : Rewinds or fast-forwards the current song.
❈The Play/Pause feature may operate differently depending on the
mobile phone.
4 141
Features of your vehicle
CD, USB mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Previews each song
(file) for 10 seconds each.
❈Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current
song (file).
(17) SCAN
Radio Mode
- Shortly press the key : Previews
each broadcast for 5 seconds
each.
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8
seconds) : Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds each.
❈Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency.
❈SAT Radio does not support the
Preset scan feature.
4 142
(18) TUNE knob
Radio mode : Changes frequency by
turning the knob left/right.
CD, USB, iPod® mode : Searches
songs (files) by turning the knob
left/right.
❈When the desired song is displayed, press the knob to play the
song. Moves focus in all selection
menus and selects menus.
Features of your vehicle
SETUP
Mode Pop up
Display Settings
[Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off
selection mode
• During On state, press the RADIO
or MEDIA key to display the mode
change pop up screen.
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Display] through
TUNE knob or
1 RPT
key Select menu through
TUNE knob
Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’
or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.
4 143
Features of your vehicle
SOUND SETTINGS
SETUP/CLOCK
Press the
[Sound] through
2 RDM
key Select
TUNE knob
4 144
key Select
TUNE knob or
menu through
Sound Settings
This menu allows you to set the
‘Bass, Middle, Treble’ and the Sound
Fader and Balance.
Select [Sound Settings] Select
menu through
TUNE knob Turn
TUNE knob left/right to set
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the
sound tone.
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound
fader and balance.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈Back : While adjusting values,
pressing the
TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu.
Speed Dependent Volume
Control
This feature is used to automatically
control the volume level according to
the speed of the vehicle.
Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set
[Off/On] of
TUNE knob
Voice Recognition Volume
(if equipped)
Adjusts voice recognition volume.
Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
volume of
TUNE knob
Features of your vehicle
CLOCK SETTINGS
SETUP/CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Clock] through TUNE knob or 3
key Select menu through
TUNE
knob
Clock Settings
This menu is used to set the time.
Select [Clock Settings] Set through
TUNE knob Press
TUNE knob
❈Adjust the number currently in
focus to make the settings and
press the tune knob to move to the
next setting. (Set in order of
Month/Day/Year)
Time Format
This function is used to set the 12/24
hour time format of the audio system.
Select [Time Format] Set 12Hr / 24Hr
through
TUNE knob.
❈Adjust the number currently in
focus to set the [hour] and press
the tune knob to set the [minute]
and [AM/PM].
Calendar Settings
This menu is used to set the date
(MM/DD/YYYY).
Select [Calendar Settings] Set through
TUNE knob Press TUNE knob
Clock Display when Power is OFF
Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set
On / Off through
TUNE knob
On : Displays time/date on screen
Off : Turn off.
4 145
Features of your vehicle
SYSTEM SETTINGS
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key
Select [System]
Select menu
through
TUNE knob
Memory Information
(if equipped)
Displays currently used memory and
total system memory.
Select [Memory Information] OK
The currently used memory is displayed on the left side while the total
system memory is displayed on the
right side.
• Off : This mode is for expert users
and omits some information during
voice command operation. (When
using Expert mode, guidance
instructions can be heard through
the [Help] or [Menu] commands.
Language
This menu is used to set the display
and voice recognition language.
Select [Language] Set through
TUNE knob
Prompt Feedback (if equipped)
This feature is used to change voice
command feedback between Normal
and Expert modes.
Select [Prompt Feedback]
Set
through
TUNE knob
• On : This mode is for beginner
users and provides detailed
instructions during voice command
operation.
4 146
❈The system will reboot after the
language is changed.
❈Language support by region
- English, Francais, Espanol
Features of your vehicle
RADIO : FM, AM or SIRIUS®
Preset SEEK
Press the
~
key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Plays the frequency
saved in the corresponding key.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds) : Pressing and holding the desired key from 1 ~
6
will save the currently playing
broadcast to the selected key and
sound a BEEP.
1
SEEK
SEEK
Press the TRACK
key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Automatically searches
for the next station.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds) : While holding the
key, frequency changes without
stopping. When the key is released,
automatically searches for the next
frequency from that point.
6
Selecting through manual
search
Turn the
TUNE knob left/right to
adjust the frequency.
• FM : Changes by 200kHz
• AM : Changes by 10kHz
MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store
(Auto Store) and Info functions.
SCAN
Press the SCAN key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds) : The broadcast frequency increases and previews each
broadcast for 5 seconds each. After
scanning all frequencies, returns
and plays the current broadcast frequency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds) : Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds each.
A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through
TUNE knob or 1 RPT key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.
4 147
Features of your vehicle
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio information
Satellite Radio channels:
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio has over 130
channels, including 69 channels of
100% commercial-free music, plus
sports, news, talk and entertainment
available nationwide in your vehicle.
For more information and a complete
list of SIRIUS® Satellite Radio channels, visit sirius.com in the United
States, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, or
call SIRIUS® at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio reception factors:
To receive the satellite signal, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
satellite radio antenna located on the
roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof
provides the best location for an unobstructed, open view of the sky, a
requirement of a satellite radio system. Like AM/FM, there are several
factors that can affect satellite radio
reception performance :
• Antenna obstructions : For optimal
reception performance, keep the
antenna clear of snow and ice buildup and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.
4 148
• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense
tree foliage and thunderstorms can
interfere with your reception.
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio service:
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that
broadcasts music, sports, news and
entertainment programming to radio
receivers, which are available for
installation in motor vehicles or factory
installed, as well as for the home,
portable and wireless devices, and
through an Internet connection on personal computer.
Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS® Satellite Radio
system include :
• Hardware and an introductory trial
subscription term, which begins on
the date of sale or lease of the vehicle.
• For a small upgrade fee, access to
SIRIUS® music channels, and other
select channels over the Internet
using any computer connected to
the Internet (U.S. customers only).
For information on extended subscription terms, contact SIRIUS® at
1-888-539-7474.
NOTE:
Sirius XM service requires a subscription, sold separately, after 3month trial included with vehicle
purchase. If you decide to continue
your Sirius XM service at the end of
your trial subscription, the plan you
choose will automatically renew
and bill at then-current rates until
you call Sirius XM at 1-866-6352349 to cancel. See our Customer
Agreement for complete terms at
www.siriusxm.com. Programming
subject to change. Sirius satellite
service is available only to those at
least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA, D.C., and PR (with
coverage limitations). Traffic information not available in all markets.
See siriusxm.com/traffic for details.
Sirius, XM and all related marks and
logos are trademarks of Sirius XM
Radio Inc.
Features of your vehicle
SIRIUS® RADIO
Using SIRIUS® Satellite Radio
Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3
month complimentary period of
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio so you have
access to over 130 channels of
music, information, and entertainment programming.
Activation
In order to extend or reactivate your
subscription to SIRIUS® Satellite
Radio, you will need to contact
SIRIUS® Customer Care at 800-6432112. Have your 12 digit SID (Sirius
Identification Number) / ESN
(Electronic Serial Number) ready. To
retrieve the SID / ESN, turn on the
radio, press the RADIO key, and tune
to channel zero.
Please note that the vehicle will need
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and
have an unobstructed view of the sky
in order for the radio to receive the
activation signal.
SEEK
Press the RADIO key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Select previous or next
channel.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds) : Continuously move
to previous or next channel.
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
channels are changed within the
current category.
SCAN
Press the RADIO key SCAN
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each
❈Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current frequency
❈If the “Category” icon is displayed,
channels are changed within the
current category.
Category
CAT
Press the FOLDER
key Set through
the TUNE knob
• The display will indicate the category menus, highlight the category
that the current channel belongs to.
• In the Category List Mode, press
CAT
the FOLDER
key to navigate category list.
• Press the tune knob to select the
lowest channel in the highlighted
category.
❈ If channel is selected by selecting
category, then the “CATEGORY”
icon is displayed at the top of the
screen.
4 149
Features of your vehicle
Preset
Tune
1
Press the RADIO key
~ 6
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Plays the frequency
saved in the corresponding key.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds) : Pressing and holding the desired key from 1 ~
6
will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound
a BEEP.
• Rotate
TUNE knob : Changes
the channel number or scrolls category list.
• Press
TUNE knob : Selects the
menu.
✽ Troubleshooting
1. Antenna Error
If this message is displayed, the antenna or antenna cable is broken or
unplugged. Please consult with your
Kia dealership.
2. Acquiring Signal
If this message is displayed, it means
that the antenna is covered and that
the SIRIUS® Satellite Radio signal is
not available. Ensure the antenna is
uncovered and has a clear view of the
sky.
4 150
Menu
Select category menu through the
TUNE knob Press the MENU key
Select [ Info] through the TUNE
knob or 1 RPT key
Info (Information)
Displays the Artist/Song info of the
current song.
Features of your vehicle
BASIC METHOD OF USE :
Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB /
iPod® / My Music
Press the MEDIA key to change the
mode in order of CD ➟ USB(iPod®) ➟
AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio.
The folder/file name is displayed on
the screen.
Repeat
<USB>
<My Music>
<Audio CD>
❈The CD is automatically played
when a CD is inserted.
❈The USB music is automatically
played when a USB is connected.
While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, My
Music mode : RPT on screen
• To repeat one song (press the key)
: Repeats the current song.
MP3 CD, USB mode : FLD.RPT on
screen
• To repeat folder (pressing twice) :
repeats all files within the current
folder.
❈Press the 1 RPT key again to turn
off repeat.
Random
While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
(RDM) key
Audio CD, My Music mode : RDM on
screen
• Random (press the key) : Plays all
songs in random order.
<CD MP3>
4 151
Features of your vehicle
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on
screen
• Folder Random (press the key) :
Plays all files within the current
folder in random order.
iPod® mode: ALL RDM on screen
• All Random (press the key) : Plays
all files in random order.
MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen
• All Random (pressing twice) : Plays
all files in random order.
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn
off random.
Changing Song/File
While
song (file) is playing
key
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the
current song from the beginning.
SEEK
❈If the
key is pressed
TRACK
again within 2 seconds, the previous song is played.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds) : Rewinds the song.
SEEK
TRACK
4 152
While
song (file) is playing
key
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the
next song.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds) : Fast forwards the
song.
SEEK
TRACK
Scan
While song (file) is playing SCAN
key
• Shortly pressing the key : Scans all
songs from the next song for 10
seconds each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn
off.
❈ The SCAN function is not supported in iPod® mode.
Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
Mode
CAT
While file is playing
FOLDER
(Folder Up) key
• Searches the next folder.
CAT
While file is playing
FOLDER
(Folder Down) key
• Searches the parent folder.
❈ If a folder is selected by pressing
the
TUNE knob, the first file
within the selected folder will be
played.
❈In iPod® mode, moves to the Parent
Folder.
Searching Songs (File)
• Turning
TUNE knob : Searches
for songs (files)
• Pressing
TUNE knob : Plays
selected song (file).
Features of your vehicle
MENU : Audio CD
Press the CD MP3 mode
to set the Repeat,
Information features.
key
Random,
MENU
Information
Folder Random
Press the
key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key to display information of the current song.
❈Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within the
current folder.
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off.
MENU
MENU : MP3 CD / USB
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key
to set the Repeat, Folder Random,
Folder Repeat, All Random, Information,
and Copy features.
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key to repeat songs within the current folder.
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.
All Random
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current folder.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
Folder Repeat
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the
CD.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
4 153
Features of your vehicle
Information
MENU : iPod®
Press the
key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 5
key to display information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
In iPod mode, press the
key
to set the Repeat, Random, Information
and Search features.
MENU
®
Information
MENU
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key.
Displays information of the current
song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Copy (if equipped)
Press the MENU key Set [ Copy]
through the
TUNE knob or 6
key.
This is used to copy the current song
into My Music. You can play the
copied Music in My Music mode.
❈If another key is pressed while
copying is in progress, a pop up
asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed.
❈If another media is connected or
inserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX)
while copying is in progress, copying is canceled.
❈Music will not be played while
copying is in progress.
4 154
Search
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs within the currently
playing category in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
through the
TUNE knob or 4
key.
Displays iPod® category list.
❈Searching iPod® category is
MENU key pressed, move to parent category.
Features of your vehicle
MENU : My Music Mode
Information
In My Music mode, press the MENU
key to set the Repeat, Random,
Information, Delete, Delete All, and
Delete Selection features.
Press the
key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key.
Displays information of the current
song.
❈Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
MENU
Delete
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key.
Repeats the currently playing song.
❈Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the
TUNE knob or 4
key.
Deletes currently playing file.
In the play screen, pressing delete
will delete the currently playing song.
Deletes file from list.
➀Select the file you wish to delete by
using the
TUNE knob.
➁Press the MENU key and select
the delete menu to delete the
selected file.
Delete All
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
Deletes all songs of My Music.
Delete Selection
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel]
through the
TUNE knob or 6
key.
Songs within My Music are selected
and deleted.
➀Select the songs you wish to delete
from the list.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.
4 155
Features of your vehicle
➁After selecting, press MENU key
and select the delete menu.
AUX
AUX is used to play external MEDIA
currently connected with the AUX
terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start
when an external device is connected with the AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected,
you can also press the MEDIA key to
change to AUX mode.
My Music
• Even if memory is available, a
maximum of 6,000 songs can be
stored.
• The same song can be copied up
to 1,000 times.
• Memory info can be checked in the
System menu of Setup.
❈AUX mode cannot be started
unless there is an external device
connected to the AUX terminal.
AUX
Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.
4 156
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
AUDIO
What is Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology?
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows
devices to be connected in a short distance, including hands-free devices,
stereo headsets, wireless remote controllers, etc. For more information, visit
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
website at www.Bluetooth.com
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio may not be supported depending on the compatibility of your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mobile phone.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio, you must first
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
Features of your vehicle
• The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are registered trademarks
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and
any use of such marks by Kia is
under license. Other trademarks
and trade names are those of their
respective owners. A Bluetooth®
enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio can be used only when the
[Audio Streaming] of Phone is
turned On .
❈Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Audio Streaming : Press the
SETUP/CLOCK key Select[Phone]
Select [Audio Streaming] through
the TUNE knob Set On / Off
Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
• Play / Stop
Press the
TUNE knob to play and
pause the current song.
Starting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Audio
• Press the MEDIA key to change the
mode in order of CD ➟ USB ➟ AUX
➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio.
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio will start
playing.
❈Audio may not automatically start
playing in some mobile phones.
• Previous / Next song
SEEK
Press TRACK
to play previous or
next song.
❈The previous song / next song / play /
pause functions may not be supported in some mobile phones.
4 157
Features of your vehicle
PHONE
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone features
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone, you must first
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• If the mobile phone is not paired or
connected, it is not possible to
enter Phone mode. Once a phone
is paired or connected, the guidance screen will be displayed.
• If Priority is set upon vehicle ignition (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will be
automatically connected. Even if
you are outside, the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will be
automatically connected once you
are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If
you do not want automatic
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone
connection,
set
the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
power to OFF
4 158
Making a call using the
Steering-wheel mount controls
(1) VOLUME button/scroll wheel :
Raises or lowers speaker volume.
(2)
button : Places and transfers
calls.
(3)
button : Ends calls or cancels
functions.
(4) MUTE button : Mutes the microphone during a call.
(5)
button : Activates voice
recognition.
❈The actual feature in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
• Check call history and making calls
➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)
the
key on the steering
remote controller.
➁ The call history list will be displayed on the screen.
➂ Press the
key again to connect a call to the selected number.
• Redialing the most recently called
number
➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
the
key on the steering
remote controller.
➁ The most recently called number
is redialed.
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Device
Bluetooth®
What is
Wireless
Technology Pairing?
Pairing refers to the process of synchronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone or device with the
car audio system for connection.
Pairing is necessary to connect and
use the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
feature.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
Pairing PHONE Key /
Key
on the Steering Remote
Controller
When No Devices have been Paired
1. Press the PHONE key or the
key on the steering remote controller. The following screen is displayed.
4 159
Features of your vehicle
2.Select [OK] button to enter the Pair
Phone screen.
1) Car Name : Name of device as
shown when searching from your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair
the device
3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.
[Non SSP supported device]
(SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)
4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
entered. Hear, enter the passkey
"0000" to pair your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device with
the car audio system.
4 160
[SSP supported device]
4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed 6 digits passkey. Hear,
check the passkey on your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device and confirm.
5.Once pairing is complete, the following screen is displayed.
Some phones (i.e., iPhone®, Android TM
and Blackberry® phones) may offer
an option to allow acceptance of all
future Bluetooth connection requests
by default." and "Visit http://www.kia.com/
#/bluetooth for additional information
on pairing your Bluetooth-enabled
mobile phone, and to view a phone
compatibility list.
• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices are paired but none are
currently connected, pressing the
PHONE key or the
key on the
steering wheel displays the following screen. Select [Pair] button to
pair a new device or select [Connect]
to connect a previously paired device.
Features of your vehicle
Pairing through [PHONE]
Setup
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]
Select TUNE knob
1. The following steps are the same
as those described in the section
"When No Devices have been
Paired" on the previous page.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
features supported within the vehicle are as follows. Some features
may not be supported depending
on your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device.
- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree
calls
- Operations during a call (Switch
to Private, Switch to call waiting,
MIC on/off)
- Downloading Call History
- Downloading Mobile Contacts
- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device auto connection
- Bluetooth Audio Streaming
• Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices can be paired to the Car
Handsfree system.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be
connected at a time.
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device can be connected at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired
while a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device is connected.
• Only Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree and Bluetooth audio related features are supported.
• Bluetooth related operations are possible only within devices that support
Handsfree or audio features, such as
a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio
device.
• If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device becomes disconnected due to being out of communication range, turning the device OFF,
or a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
communication error, corresponding
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices are automatically searched
and reconnected.
• If the system becomes unstable due
to communication errors between the
car Handsfree and the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device, reset
the device by turning off and back on
again. Upon resetting Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device, the system will be restored.
4 161
Features of your vehicle
• After pairing is complete, a contacts download request is sent
once to the mobile phone. Some
mobile phones may require confirmation upon receiving a download
request, ensure your mobile phone
accepts the connection. Refer to
your phones user’s manual for
additional information regarding
phone pairing and connections.
Connecting a Device
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
1)
2)
4 162
Connected Phone : Device
that is currently connected
Paired Phone : Device that is
paired but not connected
From the paired phone list, select the
device you want to connect and
select [Connect].
Features of your vehicle
Changing Priority
What is Priority?
It is possible to pair up to five
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices
with the car audio system. The
"Change Priority" feature is used to
set the connection priority of paired
phones.
From the paired phone list, select
the phone you want to switch to the
highest priority, then select [Change
Priority] button from the Menu. The
selected device will be changed to
the highest priority.
• Priority icon will be displayed when
the selected phone is set as a priority phone.
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
4 163
Features of your vehicle
Disconnecting a Device
Deleting a Device
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and
select [Disconnect] button.
From the paired phone list, select the
device you want to delete and select
[Delete] button.
4 164
• When deleting the currently connected device, the device will automatically be disconnected to proceed with the deleting process.
• If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.
Features of your vehicle
USING Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
Phone Menu Screen
Phone Menus
With a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device connected, press the PHONE
key to display the Phone menu
screen.
1) Fav : Up to 20 frequently used
contacts can be saved for easy
access.
2) History : Displays the call history
list screen
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list screen
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.
• If you select the [History] button but
there is no call history data, a
prompt is displayed which asks to
download call history data.
• If you select the [Contacts] button
but there is no contacts data
stored, a prompt is displayed which
asks to download contacts data.
• This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones. For more
information on download support,
refer to your mobile phone user’s
manual.
Answering Calls
Answering a Call
Answering a call with a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device connected will display the following screen.
To accept the call, press
key on
the steering wheel while the call is
incoming.
1) Caller : Displays the other party’s
name when the incoming caller is
saved within your contacts
2) Incoming Number : Displays the
incoming number
4 165
Features of your vehicle
• When an incoming call pop-up is
displayed, most Audio and SETUP
mode features are disabled. Only
the call volume will operate.
• The telephone number may not be
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
• When a call is answered with the
mobile phone, the call mode will
automatically revert to Private
mode.
Favorites
Press the
[Favorites]
Call History
PHONE
key
Select
1) Saved favorite contact : Connects
call upon selection
2) To add favorite : Downloaded contacts can be saved as favorite.
• To save Favorite, contacts should
be downloaded.
• Contact saved in Favorites will not
be automatically updated if the
contact has been updated in the
phone. To update Favorites, delete
the Favorite and create a new
Favorite.
4 166
Press the
History]
PHONE
key
Select [Call
A list of incoming, outgoing and
missed calls is displayed.
• Call history may not be saved in the
call history list in some mobile
phones.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID
will not be saved in the call history
list.
• Calling through the call history is not
possible when there is no call history
stored or a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone is not connected.
• Up to 50 received, dialed and missed
calls are stored in Call History.
• Time of received/dialed calls and call
time information are not stored in
Call History.
Features of your vehicle
Contacts
Press the
[Contacts]
PHONE
key Select
The list of saved phone book entries
is displayed.
NOTE:
Find a contact in an alphabetical
order, press the MENU key.
• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone can be downloaded into the
car contacts. Contacts that have
been downloaded to the car cannot
be edited or deleted on the phone.
• Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 contacts each). Previously downloaded data is maintained even if
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device has been disconnected.
(However, the contacts and call
history saved to the phone will be
deleted if a paired phone is deleted.)
• It is possible to download contacts
during Bluetooth streaming audio.
• When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the
status bar.
• It is not possible to begin downloading a contact list when the contact
download feature has been turned off
within the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device. In addition, some
devices may require device authorization upon attempting to download
contacts. If downloading does not
normally occur, check the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device settings
or the screen state.
• The contacts download feature may
not be supported in some mobile
phones. For more information of supported Bluetooth® devices and function support, refer to your phone's
user's manual.
4 167
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Setting
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
4 168
Pairing a New Device
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]
Viewing Paired Phone List
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices can be paired with the audio
system.
For more information, refer to the
“Pairing through Phone Setup” section
within Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
This feature is used to view mobile
phones that have been paired with
the audio system. Upon selecting a
paired phone, the setup menu is displayed.
For more information, refer to the
“Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Connection” section within Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology.
Features of your vehicle
1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :
Connect/ disconnects currently
selected phone
2) Priority : Sets currently selected
phone to highest connection priority
3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen
• To learn more about whether your
mobile phone supports contacts
downloads, refer to your mobile
phone user’s manual.
• The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded.
Downloading Contacts
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Contacts Download]
Outgoing Volume
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]
As the contacts are downloaded
from the mobile phone, a download
progress bar is displayed.
Use
TUNE knob to adjust the outgoing volume level.
• Upon downloading phone contacts, the previous corresponding
data is deleted.
• This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
• Voice Recognition may not operate
while contacts are being downloaded.
• While on a call, the volume can be
SEEK
changed by using the TRACK
key.
4 169
Features of your vehicle
Turning Bluetooth System Off
Press the SETUP/CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Bluetooth System
Off]
Once Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
is turned off, Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology related features will not be
supported within the audio system.
• To turn Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
back on, go to SETUP/CLOCK [Phone]
and select “Yes”.
4 170
Features of your vehicle
VOICE RECOGNITION
Using Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Shortly press the
key on the
steering wheel .Say a command
If prompt feedback is in [ON], then
the system will say “Please say a
command after the beep (BEEP)”
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF]
mode, then the system will only
say “(BEEP)”
• To change Prompt Feedback
[On]/[Off], go to SETUP/CLOCK
[System] [Prompt Feedback]
• For proper recognition, say the
command after the voice instruction and beep tone.
Contact List Best Practices
1) Use full names vs. short or singlesyllable names (“John Smith” vs.
“Dad”, “Smith Residence” vs.
“Home”)
2) Avoid using special characters or
hyphens (@, &, #, /, -, *, +, etc.)
3) Avoid using acronyms (“In Case
Emergency” vs. “ICE”)
4) Spell words completely, no abbreviations (“Doctor Goodman” vs.
“Dr. Goodman”)
Skipping Prompt Messages
While prompt message is being stated Shortly press the
key on the
steering remote controller
The prompt message is immediately
ended and the beep tone will sound.
After the “beep”, say the voice command.
Re-starting Voice Recognition
While system waits for a command
Shortly press the
key on the
steering remote controller
The command wait state is immediately ended and the beep tone will
sound. After the “beep”, say the voice
command.
4 171
Features of your vehicle
ENDING VOICE
RECOGNITION
While Voice Recognition is operating
Press and hold the
key on the
steering remote controller
• While using voice command, pressing any steering wheel control or a
different key will end voice command.
• When the system is waiting for a
voice command, say “cancel” or
“end” to end voice command.
• When the system is waiting for a
voice command, press and hold the
key on the steering wheel to
end voice command.
4 172
Voice Recognition and Phone
Contact Tips:
The Kia Voice Recognition System may
have difficulty understanding some
accents or uncommon names. When
using Voice Recognition to place a call,
speak in a moderate tone, with clear
pronunciation.
To maximize the use of Voice
Recognition, consider these guidelines
when storing contacts :
• Use full names vs. short or single
syllable names (“John Smith” vs.
“Dad”, “Smith Residence” vs.
“Home”)
• Avoid using special characters or
hyphens (@, &, #, /, -, *, +, etc.)
• Avoid using acronyms (“In Case
Emergency” vs. “ICE”)
• Spell words completely, no abbreviations (“Doctor Goodman” vs.
“Dr. Goodman”)
Features of your vehicle
Illustration on using voice commands
• Starting voice command.
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds) :
Please say a command after
the beep (BEEP)
Beep~
More Help
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod'.
Additionally, there are phone commands like
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
• Skipping Voice Recognition
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds) :
Please say a...
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod'.
Additionally, there are phone commands like
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
• End voice command.
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds) :
Please say a command after
the beep (BEEP)
Contacts.
Please say the name of the contact you want
to call.
Cancel
while guidance message is being stated
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds)
(BEEP)
Contacts
Beep Beep.. (end beep)
More Help
4 173
Features of your vehicle
Voice Command List
• Common Commands : These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command
More Help
Help
Call<Name>
Call <Name>
on Mobile
Call <Name>
in Office
Call <Name>
at Home
Call <Name>
on Other
Phone
Favorites
Call History
4 174
Function
Provides guidance on commands that can be
used anywhere in the system.
Provides guidance on commands that can be
used within the current mode.
Calls <Name> saved in Contacts
Ex) Call “John Smith”
Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
"Mobile" in Contacts
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Mobile
Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
"Office" in Contacts
Ex) Call "John Smith" in Office
Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
"Home" in Contacts
Ex) Call "John Smith" at Home
Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
"Other" in Contacts
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Other
Provides guidance on Phone related commands. After saying this command, say
“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial
Number” execute corresponding functions.
Displays the Favorite screen.
Displays the Call History screen.
Command
Contacts
Dial Number
Redial
Tutorial
Radio
FM1(FM One)
FM2(FM Two)
AM
Function
Displays the Contacts screen. After saying
this command, say the name of a contact
saved in the Contacts to automatically connect the call.
Displays the Dial number screen. After saying
this command, you can say the number that
you want to call.
Connects the most recently called number.
Provides guidance on how to use voice
recognition and Bluetooth® connections
• When listening to the radio, displays the next
radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟
SAT2➟SAT3➟FM1)
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played radio screen.
• When currently listening to the FM radio,
maintains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played FM screen.
Displays the FM1 screen.
Displays the FM2 screen.
Displays the AM screen.
Features of your vehicle
Command
FM Preset 1~6
AM Preset 1~6
FM 87.5~107.9
AM 530~1710
SIRIUS®
(Satellite)
SIRIUS® (Satellite)
1~3
Function
Plays the most recently played broadcast
saved in FM Preset 1~6.
Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.
Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding
frequency.
Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding
frequency.
• When listening to the SIRIUS®, maintains
the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played SIRIUS® screen.
Displays the selected SIRIU® screen.
SIRIUS® Channel
0~223
Plays the selected SIRIUS® channel.
Media
Moves to the most recently played media
screen.
Plays the music saved in the CD.
Plays USB music.
Plays iPod® music.
CD
USB
iPod®
Command
Function
My Music
Plays the music saved in My Music.
AUX (Auxiliary)
Plays the connected external device.
Bluetooth® Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
device.
Please repeat
Repeats the most recent comment.
Mute
Mutes the sound.
Cancel (Exit)
Ends voice command.
4 175
Features of your vehicle
• FM/AM radio commands : Commands available during FM, AM radio operation.
Command
Preset 1~6
Scan
Preset Scan
4 176
Function
Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6.
Scans receivable frequencies from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Moves to the next preset from the current
present and plays for 10 seconds each.
• Satellite radio commands : Commands that can be
used while listening to Satellite Radio.
Command
Channel 0~223
Scan
Preset 1~6
Information
Function
Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scans receivable channels from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
Displays the information of the current broadcast.
Features of your vehicle
• Audio CD commands : Commands available during
Audio CD operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
Track 1~30
Function
Randomly plays the tracks within the CD.
Cancels random play to play tracks in sequential order.
Repeats the current track.
Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential order.
Plays the desired track number.
• MP3 CD / USB commands : Commands available during USB and MP3 CD operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
Information
Next Folder
Previous Folder
Function
Randomly plays the files within the current
folder.
Cancels random play to play files in sequential
order.
Repeats the current file.
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
order.
Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Plays the first file in the next folder.
Plays the first file in the previous folder.
4 177
Features of your vehicle
• iPod® Commands : Commands available during iPod®
operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
4 178
Function
Randomly plays the songs within the current
category.
Cancels random play to play songs in sequential order.
Repeats the current song.
Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequential order.
• My Music Commands : Commands available during
My Music operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
Delete
Function
Randomly plays all saved files.
Cancels random play to play files in sequential
order.
Repeats the current file.
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
order.
Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.
Features of your vehicle
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands :
Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio streaming from mobile phone operation Command Operation
Command
Play
Pause
Function
Plays the currently paused song.
Pauses the current song.
iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. iPod®
mobile digital device sold separately. The
Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by Kia is under license. A
Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. Sirius XM® service
requires a subscription, sold separately, after 3month trial included with vehicle purchase. If you
decide to continue your Sirius XM® service at the
end of the trial subscription, the plan you choose
will automatically renew and bill at the current rates
until you call Sirius XM® at 1-866-635-2349 to cancel. See our Customer Agreement for complete
terms at www.siriusxm.com. Sirius satellite service
is available only to those at least 18 and older in the
48 contiguous United States, D.C., and P.R. (with
coverage limitations). Sirius XM® Traffic available in
select markets. See siriusxm.com/traffic for more
information. Sirius, XM and all related marks and
logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc.
Android™ is a trademark of Google, Inc.
BlackBerry® is a registered trademark of Research
In Motion Limited (RIM).
4 179
Features of your vehicle
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
FCC Warning
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one ormore of the following measures :
■
■
■
■
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Caution: Any changes ormodifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your
authority to operate this equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions :
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
4 180
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Engine START/STOP button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-7
• ENGINE START/STOP button position. . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
• Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
ISG (idle stop and go) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Active Eco System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
5
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose. If you hear a change
in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the
underneath side of the car, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
5 2
WARNING - Open
tailgate
Do not drive with the tailgate
open. Poisonous exhaust gases
can enter the passenger compartment
If you must drive with the tailgate open proceed as follows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
"Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan
at the highest speed.
WARNING - California
proposition
65
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, with the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in Section 7,
“Maintenance”.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any handled devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the drive should
not be used during vehicle
operation.
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
WARNING
- Check surrounding
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
5 3
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Driving
while intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
as or more dangerous than driving drunk.
WARNING - Loose
objects
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
5 4
WARNING - Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on,
be careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system
and cause fire.
Driving your vehicle
KEY POSITIONS
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position,
turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the
tension.
OUB051001
Illuminated ignition switch
(if equipped)
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate for your
convenience, provided the ignition
switch is not in the ON position. The
light will go off immediately when the
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
OTD059016
Ignition switch position
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. The ignition key can be
removed only in the LOCK position.
When turning the ignition switch to
the LOCK position, push the key
inward at the ACC position and turn
the key toward the LOCK position.
The anti-theft steering column lock is
not a substitute for the parking brake.
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
engaged in 1st gear for the manual
transaxle or P (Park) for automatic
transaxle, set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off.
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after the
engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
the engine is not running to prevent
battery discharge.
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
engine will crank until you release
the key; then it returns to the ON
position. The brake warning light can
be checked in this position.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Ignition
switch
Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle
is moving. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
WARNING - Steering
wheel
Never reach for any controls
through the steering wheel
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control.
5 6
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
OFF
White
OUB055004K
Illuminated ENGINE
START/STOP button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the ENGINE START/STOP button
will illuminate for your convenience.
The light will go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed.
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON position),
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position. When
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position but to
the ACC position.
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times successively
within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still
moving, you can restart the engine
without depressing the brake pedal
by
pressing
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position.
5 7
Driving your vehicle
ACC(Accessory)
ON
Orange
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the OFF position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The electrical accessories are operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC position for more than
1 hour, the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge.
5 8
START/RUN
Blue
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position for a long
time. The battery may discharge,
because the engine is not running.
Not illuminated
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position. For your safety,
start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
If
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP
button
without
depressing the brake pedal, the
engine will not start and the button
will change as follow:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF
Driving your vehicle
If you leave the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time, the battery will
discharge.
WARNING - Starting
vehicle
Never press the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the
vehicle is in motion except in an
emergency. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
5 9
Driving your vehicle
STARTING THE ENGINE
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use
the brake and accelerator pedal.
Starting the engine with an
ignition key (if equipped)
1.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2.Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
5 10
3. Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to move
the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION - Starter
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before reengaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage
it.
Driving your vehicle
OUB055069
Starting the engine with a
smart key (if equipped)
1.Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied
3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P
(Park).
4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while depressing the brake
pedal.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, the engine may not start if the
key is not detected by one of the
antennas.
• When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is pressed, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle,the “
KEY
” indicator will blink or
OUT ” or “
the warning "Key not in vehicle" will
illuminate on the LCD display. And
if all doors are closed, the chime
will sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or warning will turn off while
the vehicle is moving. Always have
the smart key with you.
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle.
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button while the
smart key is in the vehicle may
result in unintended engine
activation and/or unintended
vehicle movement.
5 11
Driving your vehicle
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse
is blown.
OUB055108
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing
the engine start/stop button with
the smart key.
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
it is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position. The engine can start without
depressing the brake pedal. But for
your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the
engine.
5 12
Driving your vehicle
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Manual transaxle operation
The shift lever can be moved withoutpressing the button.
The button (1) should be pressed when
moving the shift lever into reverse.
OUB051013
The manual transaxle has 6 forward
gears.
This shift pattern is imprinted on the
shift knob. The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so
shifting to either a higher or a lower
gear is easily accomplished.
Depress the clutch pedal down fully
while shifting, then release it slowly.
If your vehicle is equipped with an
ignition lock switch, the engine will
not start when starting the engine
without depressing the clutch pedal.
The shift lever must be returned to
the neutral position before shifting
into R (Reverse). The button (1)
located below the shift knob must be
pulled upward while moving the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) position.
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
CAUTION - Downshifting
Do not downshift more than 2
gears or downshift the gear
when the engine is running at
high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such a downshifting may
damage the engine, clutch and
the transaxle.
5 13
Driving your vehicle
• During cold weather, shifting may
be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up. This is normal
and not harmful to the transaxle.
• If you've come to a complete stop
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R
(Reverse), leave the shift lever at
neutral position and release the
clutch. Depress the clutch pedal
back down, and then shift into 1st
or R (Reverse) gear position.
5 14
CAUTION
• To avoid premature clutch
wear and damage, do not
drive with your foot resting on
the clutch pedal. Also, do not
use the clutch to hold the
vehicle stopped on an uphill
grade, while waiting for a traffic light, etc.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as
this can result in premature
wear of the transaxle shift
forks.
If you don't press the clutch
pedal fully, the clutch may be
damaged or noise may occur.
WARNING - Incline
parking
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always set the parking brake
fully and shut the engine off.
Then make sure the transaxle is
shifted into 1st gear when the
vehicle is parked on a level or
uphill grade, and shifted into R
(Reverse) on a downhill grade.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed in
the order identified.
Driving your vehicle
Using the clutch
The clutch should be depressed all
the way to the floor before shifting,
then released slowly. The clutch
pedal should always be fully
released while driving. Do not rest
your foot on the clutch pedal while
driving. This can cause unnecessary
wear. Do not partially engage the
clutch to hold the vehicle on an
incline. This causes unnecessary
wear. Use the foot brake or parking
brake to hold the vehicle on an
incline. Do not operate the clutch
pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or while driving up steep hills,
downshift before the engine starts to
labor. Downshifting reduces the
chance of stalling and gives better
acceleration when you need to
increase your speed again. When the
vehicle is traveling down steep hills,
downshifting helps maintain safe
speed and prolongs brake life.
Good driving practices
• Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This is
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the vehicle in gear.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, shift to a
lower gear. When you do this,
engine braking will help slow down
the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. This will help avoid
over-revving the engine, which can
cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter
cross winds. This gives you much
better control of your vehicle.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse). The transaxle can
be damaged if you do not.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
the vehicle to go out of control.
• Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering
or turning. High speed cornering
and turning increases the risk of
vehicle rollover due to loss of vehicle control. Rollover accidents are
extremely violent and unpredictable.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Automatic transaxle operation
Shift lever
Button
+ (UP)
The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
- (DOWN)
To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button.
Press the button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OUB051014
5 16
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
gear.
WARNING - Automatic
transaxle
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Do not use
the P position in place of the
parking brake. Always make
sure the shift lever is latched in
the P position and set the parking brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
CAUTION - Transaxle
To avoid damage to your
transaxle, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the
brakes on. The transaxle may be
damaged if you shift into P
(Park) while the vehicle is in
motion.
When stopped on an upgrade, do not
hold the vehicle with engine power.
Use the service brake or the parking
brake.
Transaxle ranges
The indicator light in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating.
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you
to lose control of the vehicle.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transaxle if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the Vehicle” explained in this
section.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transaxle are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
5 18
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at
which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower
gear.
+ (UP)
Sports
mode
- (DOWN)
OUB051060
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stopped or in
motion, sports mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
In Sports mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to shift gears rapidly. In
contrast to a manual transaxle, the
Sports mode allows gearshifts with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
Driving your vehicle
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
• In Sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care to
keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In Sports mode, only the 6 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)
position as required.
• In Sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle
stops, 1st gear is automatically
selected.
• In Sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the
transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear
which is better for smooth driving
on a slippery road. Push the shift
lever to the -(down) side to shift
back to the 1st gear.
OUB052059
Paddle shifter (if equipped)
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the sport mode.
With the shift lever in the sports mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear.
✽ NOTICE
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle
shifters at the same time, you can’t
shift the gear.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
Shift lock system (if equipped)
Shift-lock override (without smart key
system)
For your safety, the automatic
transaxle has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transaxle
out of P (Park) unless the brake
pedal is depressed.
To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise near the shift lever
may be heard. This is a normal condition.
WARNING - Shifting
from park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle.
5 20
Shift-lock override (with smart key
system)
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into the R (Reverse) position
with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do
the following:
OUB053015
1.Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3.Move the shift lever.
4.Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
Driving your vehicle
Ignition key interlock system
(if equipped)
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the
transaxle in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
Driving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To drive up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the
parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a
stalled engine or some other reason,
you can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than you normally would. The
stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
5 22
CAUTION - Brake pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the
brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of
braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
Driving your vehicle
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
WARNING - Parking
brake
Avoid applying the parking
brake to stop the vehicle while it
is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving at normal speeds can
cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in
applying the brake.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes (if
equipped). You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
CAUTION - Replace
brake pedal
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you
will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
Rear drum brakes (if equipped)
Your rear drum brakes do not have
wear indicators. Therefore, have the
rear brake linings inspected if you
hear a rubbing noise. Also have your
rear brakes inspected each time you
change or rotate your tires and when
you have the front brakes replaced.
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Parking
brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
OUB051016
Parking brake
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then without
pressing the release button in, pull
the parking brake lever up as far as
possible. In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on
a grade, the shift lever should be
positioned in the appropriate low
gear for manual transaxle vehicles or
in the P (Park) position for automatic
transaxle vehicles.
5 24
OUB051017
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and pull up the
parking
brake
lever
slightly.
Secondly, press the release button
(1) and lower the parking brake lever
(2) while holding the button.
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, stop driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
WARNING - Parking
brake use
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle
which can injure occupants or
pedestrians.
W-75
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will illuminate when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is necessary.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain
a safe distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions.
The vehicle should be driven at
reduced speeds in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving with tire chains
installed
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
5 26
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency
situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
as the situation allows the ABS to
control the force being delivered to
the brakes.
✽ NOTICE
A clicking sound may be heard in
the engine compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the
engine is started. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the
Anti-Lock Brake System is functioning properly.
• Even with the Anti-Lock Brake
System, your vehicle still requires
sufficient
stopping
distance.
Always maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The Anti-Lock Brake System cannot prevent accidents resulting
from excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the Anti-Lock Brake
System may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
Driving your vehicle
W-78
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through selfdiagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS but your regular brakes will
work normally. Contact an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible.
• When you drive on a road with
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and operated your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop
the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your ABS
is normal. Otherwise, you may
have a problem with the ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of the low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
OUB051018
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability control
(ESC) system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle.
No system, no matter how advanced,
can compensate for all driver error
and/or driving conditions. Always
drive responsibly.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
Electronic stability control (ESC) will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can still result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
prevent accidents by avoiding
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the normal
precautions for driving - including
driving at safe speeds for the conditions.
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse
conditions. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Factors including speed, road conditions and driver steering input can all affect
whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control. It is still your
responsibility to drive and corner at
reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
5 28
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ESC is active.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate
for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned
on.
• Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and
does not indicate a problem.
Driving your vehicle
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operating properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indicates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the
mud or slippery road,
pressing the accelerator
pedal may not cause the
engine rpm (revolutions
per minute) to increase.
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
• To cancel the engine management system of ESC,
press the ESC OFF button
for less than 3 seconds
(ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates). The brake
control function still operates.
• To cancel the engine management and brake control function of ESC, press
the ESC OFF button for
more than 3 seconds
(ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates).
• If the ignition switch is
turned to LOCK position
when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC
will automatically turn on
again.
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
Indicator light
When the ignition switch is turned
ON, the indicator light illuminates,
then goes off if ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESC system to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are the same size as
your original tires.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Electronic
stability control
Drive carefully even though
your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control. It can only
assist you in maintaining control under certain circumstances.
5 30
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC
turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
Never press the ESC OFF button
while ESC is operating (ESC indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip out of
control.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating.
If the ESC is turned off while
ESC is operating, the vehicle
may go out of control.
Driving your vehicle
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
Hill start Assist Control is a comfort
function. The intent is to prevent the
vehicle from rolling backwards from
a stop, on initial take-off while on an
inclined. HAC holds the braking pressure builtup by driver during stopping
procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal.
During the pressure-hold period, the
driver has enough time to press the
accelerator pedal to drive off.
The braking pressure is reduced as
soon as the system detects the driver’s intention to drive off.
WARNING - Maintaining
Brake Pressure on Incline
HAC does not replace the need
to apply brakes while stopped on
an incline. While stopped, make
sure you maintain brake pressure sufficient to prevent your
vehicle from rolling backward
and causing an accident. Don’t
release the brake pedal until you
are ready to accelerate forward.
• The HAC does not operate when
the transaxle shift lever is in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position.
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC is off but it does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability management is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle.
This is only the effect of brake control
and indicates nothing unusual.
✽ NOTICE
No system, no matter how advanced,
can compensate for all driver error
and/or driving conditions. Always
drive responsibly.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline
• Driving rearward
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument
cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
5 32
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or ESC warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 9 mph (15
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 18 mph (30
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
surfaces which have different friction forces.
Driving your vehicle
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with installed VSM. Always
follow all the normal precautions
for driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving
inclement weather and on a slippery road.
WARNING - Tire/Wheel
size
When replacing tires and
wheels, make sure they are the
same size as the original tires
and wheels installed. Driving
with varying tire or wheel sizes
may diminish any supplemental
safety benefits of the VSM system.
Good braking practices
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out
before driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one
side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does
not return to normal, stop as soon
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transaxle, don't let your
vehicle creep forward. To avoid
creeping forward, keep your foot
firmly on the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or
reverse gear (manual transaxle). If
your vehicle is facing downhill, turn
the front wheels into the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling, block
the wheels.
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
(manual transaxle) and block the
rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
roll. Then release the parking
brake.
5 34
• Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the transaxle
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The cruise control system allows you ✽ NOTICE
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 25 mph (40
km/h).
If the cruise control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated) the cruise
control can be switched on accidentally. Keep the cruise control system
off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in use,
to avoid inadvertently setting a
speed.
Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways in
good weather.
Do not use the cruise control when
driving in heavy or varying traffic, or
on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or winding roads or over 6%
up-hill or down-hill roads.
■ Type A
During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the
brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds.
This delay is normal.
✽ NOTICE
To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the ON
position or starting the engine. This
is to check if the brake switch which
is important part to cancel cruise
control is in normal condition.
OUB055080K
■ Type B
WARNING - Misuse cruise
control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.
OUB055081K
To set cruise control speed:
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illuminate.
5 35
Driving your vehicle
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 25 mph
(40 km/h).
■ Type A
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going downhill.
OUB055082K
■ Type B
OUB055083K
3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The SET indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illuminate.
Release the accelerator at the
same time. The desired speed will
automatically be maintained.
5 36
Driving your vehicle
■ Type A
• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+)
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will increase by 1.0
mph (1.6 km/h ) each time the lever
is operated in this manner.
■ Type A
OUB055084K
■ Type B
OUB055082K
■ Type B
OUB055085K
OUB055083K
To increase cruise control set
speed:
To decrease the cruising
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+)
and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Release the lever at the
speed you want.
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-)
and hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the lever
at the speed you want to maintain.
5 37
Driving your vehicle
• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-)
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease by 1.0
mph (1.6 km/h) each time the lever
is operated in this manner.
■ Type A
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic transaxle.
• Press the CANCEL switch.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 9 mph
(15 km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 mph (40
km/h).
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with the cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
OUB055087K
■ Type B
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, move the
lever up (to RES+). You will return to
your previously preset speed.
OUB055086K
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Depress the clutch pedal with a
manual transaxle.
5 38
Driving your vehicle
■ Type A
If any method other than the
CRUISE switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the most recent set speed
will automatically resume when you
move the lever (1) up (to RES+).
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
OUB055084K
■ Type B
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
• Press the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the previous page.
OUB055085K
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 25
mph (40 km/h):
5 39
Driving your vehicle
ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
the ISG system, which reduces fuel
consumption by automatically shutting down the engine, when the vehicle is at a standstill. (For example :
red light, stop sign and traffic jam)
The engine starts automatically as
soon as the starting conditions are
met.
■ Type A
The engine will stop and the green
AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
type B cluster, the notice will illuminate on the LCD display.
OUB051006
■ Type B
The ISG system is ON whenever the
engine is running.
✽ NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC
OFF, ESC or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system
is malfunctioning.
5 40
OUB051007
Auto stop
To stop the engine in idle stop
mode
Stop the vehicle completely by
pressing the brake pedal.
The idle stop mode activates in case:
• The vehicle speed has exceeded 5
mph (8 km/h) at least once and the
shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N
(Neutral) position.
Driving your vehicle
Auto start
OUB051020
To restart the engine from idle
stop mode
The engine restarts from the idle
stop mode when:
• Releasing the brake pedal
• Moving the shift lever to R
(Reverse) position or sports mode
with the brake pedal depressed
• Moving the shift lever to N (Neutral)
position to D (Drive) position
■ Type A
OUB051006
■ Type B
The engine will start and the green
AUTO STOP Indicator ( ) on the
instrument cluster will go out after
blinking for 5 seconds
OUB051021
OUB051019
If you open the engine hood in auto
stop mode, the light on the ISG OFF
button will illuminate and ISG system
is deactivated. If your vehicle is
equipped with the type B cluster, the
notice will illuminate on the LCD display.
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine manually.
The engine will restart automatically without the driver’s any
actions if the following occurs:
- When the front defroster is on.
- The brake vaccum pressure is low.
- The battery charging status is low.
- The vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph
(1.6 km/h).
5 41
Driving your vehicle
- The fan speed is in the highest
position when the air conditioning is
on.
- Engine is turned off by Auto Stop
for a long time.
- If you unfasten the seat belt or open
the driver's door while depressing
the brake pedal.
- When a certain amount of time has
passed with the climate control system on.
The green AUTO STOP indicator
( ) on the instrument cluster will go
out after blinking for 5 seconds and
the notice will illuminate on the LCD
display (for type B cluster).
Condition of ISG system operation
The ISG system will operate
under the following condition:
- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
- The driver’s door and hood are
closed.
- The brake vaccum pressure is adequate.
- The battery is sufficiently charged.
- The outside temperature is more
than 28.4°F (-2°C).
- The outside temperature is under
89.6°F (32°C).
- The engine coolant temperature is
not low.
- The vehicle is on a flat road surface.
OUB051022
OUB051067N
• If the ISG system does not meet
that operation condition, the ISG
system is deactivated. The light on
the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
• If the light comes on continuously,
please check the operation condition.
5 42
Driving your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
Type : B
■ Type B
OUB051006/OUB051059
WARNING - Engine
OUB051011
Repair
ISG system deactivation
• If you want to deactivate the ISG
system, press the ISG OFF button.
The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate and the notice will
illuminate on the LCD display (for
type B cluster).
• If you press the ISG OFF button
again, the system will be activated
and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off.
If your vehicle is equipped with cluster type B cluster, the notice will illuminate on the LCD display.
If the ISG OFF button light is not
turned off by pressing the ISG OFF
button again or if the ISG system
continuously does not work correctly,
please contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
OUB051023
ISG system malfunction
The system may not operate
when:
- The ISG related sensors or system
error occurs.
The yellow AUTO STOP indicator
( ) on the instrument cluster will
stay on after blinking for 5 seconds
and the light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (OFF) position or remove
the key from the ignition completely before performing work
on the vehicle in the engine
area. Failure to do so could
result in serious injuries due to
sudden engine reactivation.
5 43
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected
or replaced, ISG function will not
operate immediately.
If you want to use the ISG function,
the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours
with the ignition off and then, turn
the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.
5 44
Driving your vehicle
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
• If Active ECO is turned off, it will
return to the normal mode.
OUB051066N
Active ECO operation
Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling the engine and
transaxle. But fuel-efficiency can be
changed by the driver's driving habits
and road conditions.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it does not turn off even though the
engine is restarted again. To turn
off the system, press the active
ECO button again.
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
the engine torque is restricted.
• When using Sports mode:
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
• When the accelerator pedal is
deeply pressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, Judging
that the driver wants to speed up.
5 45
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles (kilometers) you can get
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate
your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both
fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
5 46
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with
your foot resting on the brake pedal
may cause the brakes to overheat,
which reduces their effectiveness
and may lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condition. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs, maintain your vehicle in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
section 7. If you drive your vehicle
in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see section 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle. This extra
weight can result in increased fuel
consumption and also contribute to
corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces fuel economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
Driving your vehicle
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warmup period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing
the engine beyond its safe limit.
This can be avoided by shifting at
the recommended speed.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and maintenance.
WARNING - Engine off
during
motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without
the engine running. In addition,
turning off the ignition while
driving could engage the steering wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the
engine on and downshift to an
appropriate gear for engine
braking effect.
5 47
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or
other non-slip material under the
drive wheels to provide traction
when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING Downshifting
Do not downshift with an automatic transaxle while driving on
slippery surfaces. The sudden
change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid and
result in an accident.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between 1st (First) and R
(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with
a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)
and any forward gear in vehicles
equipped with an automatic
transaxle. Do not race the engine,
and spin the wheels as little as possible. If you are still stuck after a few
tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a
tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the
transaxle.
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
CAUTION - Vehicle
rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire damage.
5 48
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Spinning
tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35
mph (56 km/h). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage.
OUN056051
WARNING - Sudden
vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as
it becomes unstuck.
OMC035004
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
5 49
Driving your vehicle
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed on vehicles not
equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature. Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
5 50
1JBB3303
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Driving your vehicle
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
WARNING - Under/over
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper inflation before driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures, refer
to “Tires and wheels” in section
8.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
WARNING - Tire tread
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control. Worn-out
tires should be replaced as
soon as possible. For further
information and tread limits,
refer to "Tires and wheels" in
section 7.
5 51
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or Icy conditions
OBH058040
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
5 52
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of your
car. Furthermore, speeding, rapid
acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially
very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids. You need to
keep sufficient distance between the
vehicle in operation in front and your
vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently.
It should be noted that installing tire
chains on the tire will provide greater
driving force, but will not prevent side
skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Snow chains
Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for
your tires. Incorrect snow
chains can cause damage to the
vehicle body and suspension
and may not be covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
1JBA4068
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by
mounting some types of snow chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of
snow chains. Do not mount tire
chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; snow chains may
cause damage to the wheels. If snow
chains must be used, use wire-type
chains with a thickness of less than
0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your
vehicle caused by improper snow
chain use is not covered by your
vehicle manufacturers warranty.
Install tire chains only on the front
tires.
The snow chain connecting hooks
may be damaged from contacting
vehicle components causing the
snow chains to come loose from the
tire. Make sure the snow chains are
SAE class “S” certified.
Always check chain installation for
proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to
1 km) to ensure safe mounting.
Retighten or remount the chains if
they are loose.
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
you hear the chains contacting the
body or chassis, stop and tighten
them. If they still make contact, slow
down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle if available.
5 53
Driving your vehicle
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
CAUTION - Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size
or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle's brake
lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
5 54
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Change to "winter weight" oil
if necessary
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
section 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in section 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
Driving your vehicle
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint finish.
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shift lever in P
(automatic transaxle) or in first or
reverse gear (manual transaxle) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or
chains, flashlight, emergency flares,
sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth,
coveralls, a blanket, etc.
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
5 55
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight:
849 lbs. (385 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
OUB064016N/OUB064014N/OUB064019N/OUB064017N
5 56
Driving your vehicle
Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps For Determining Correct
Load Limit 1.Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's placard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150 lbs. passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
5 57
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
A
Example 2
B
C
A
Example 3
B
C190F01JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
C
A
B
C190F02JM
Item
A
300 lbs
(136 kg)
B
549 lbs
(249 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
C
C190F03JM
Item
A
750 lbs
(340 kg)
B
99 lbs
(45 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
163 lbs (74 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
815 lbs
(370 kg)
34 lbs
(15 kg)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 58
Driving your vehicle
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your load
equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING - Over
loading
OEN056020
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle and
vehicle
capacity
weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
5 59
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Over
loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling--all of which may result in
a crash.
✽ NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
5 60
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sudden stop or crash.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the compliance
label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the compliance label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
5 61
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
In case of an emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) . . . . . . . 6-9
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
If you have a flat tire (Tire Mobility Kit) . . . 6-23, 29
• Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . 6-24, 30
• Components of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . 6-25, 31
• Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26, 32
• Checking the tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . 6-27, 34
• Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28, 35
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
OUB045094N
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme
caution
when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6 2
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
What to do in an emergency
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of control.
When the vehicle has slowed down
to such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put
the transaxle in P (automatic
transaxle) or reverse (manual
transaxle).
3.Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in this
section.
If engine stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If the engine doesn't turn over
or turns over slowly
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. If your vehicle has an automatic
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
1. Check fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the
LOCK position, check all connectors at the ignition coil and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
WARNING - Push/pull
start
Do not push or pull the vehicle
to start it. Push or pull starting
may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
6 4
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jumper Cables
CAUTION - 12 volt
battery
(-)
(-)
(+)
Discharged battery
(+)
Booster battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle.
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks.
WARNING - Sulfuric
acid risk
1VQA4001
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
WARNING - Battery
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode.
When jump starting your vehicle be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid. This is
poisonous and highly corrosive.
WARNING - Frozen
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte
level is low as the battery may
rupture or explode.
6 5
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting procedure
Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries are maintenance-free and should
only be serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer. For charging your AGM
battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that are specially
developed for AGM batteries.
When replacing the AGM battery,
use only the Kia genuine battery for
the ISG system.
✽ NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected
or replaced, ISG function will not
operate immediately.
If you want to use the ISG function,
the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours
with the ignition off and then, turn
the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.
Do not open or remove the cap on
top of the battery. This may cause the
leak of dangerous internal electrolytes.
6 6
1.Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
2.If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal on the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example,
the engine lifting bracket) away
from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
WARNING - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative
terminal of the discharged battery. This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
5.Start the engine of the vehicle with
the booster battery and let it run at
2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
What to do in an emergency
Push-starting
Your manual transaxle-equipped
vehicle should not be push-started
because it might damage the emission control system.
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
6 7
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you will experience a
loss of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine is probably too
hot. If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or neutral (manual
transaxle) and set the parking
brake. If the air conditioning is on,
turn it off.
3.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood,
stop the engine. Do not open the
hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss
of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and
check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
6 8
4.Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
WARNING - Under the
hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts such
as the fan and drive belts.
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant leaks, stop
the engine immediately and call
the nearest authorized Kia dealer
for assistance.
WARNING - Radiator
cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This can
allow coolant to be blown out of
the opening and cause serious
burns.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
WK-14
(1) Low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Even with the Tire-Pressure
Monitoring System, always check
your tire pressure on a regular basis
with a digital tire gauge.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute
and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When
the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may
occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or
alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the
TPMS malfunction telltale after
replacing one or more tires or wheels
on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
If the TPMS indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position or
engine is running, or If it comes on
after blinking for approximately one
minute, take your car to your nearest
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
6 10
Low tire pressure
telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicator is illuminated, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s
placard or tire inflation pressure label
located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale
may flash for approximately one
minute and then remain continuously
illuminated after restarting and about
20 minutes of continuous driving
before you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning
because the decreased temperature
leads to a proportional lowering of
tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a
cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or
lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation pressure.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Low
pressure
damage
Do not drive on low pressure
tires. Significantly low tire pressure can cause the tires to overheat and fail making the vehicle
unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of
vehicle control.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The TPMS malfunction indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. If the system is
able to correctly detect an under
inflation warning at the same time as
system failure then it will illuminate
the TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
The TPMS malfunction indicator may
be illuminated if the vehicle is moving
around electric power supply cables
or radios transmitter such as at
police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, or transmitting towers, etc. This can interfere
with normal operation of the Tire
Pressure
Monitoring
System
(TPMS).
The TPMS malfunction indicator may
illuminate if snow chains or some
separately purchased devices such
as notebook computers, mobile
charger, remote starter, navigation
etc. are used in the vehicle. This can
interfere with normal operation of the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
6 11
What to do in an emergency
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure will come on. Have the flat
tire repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
CAUTION - Repair
Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to
repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. The tire sealant not
approved by Kia may damage
the tire pressure sensor.
6 12
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale will blink or remain
on until the low pressure tire is
repaired and placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with, the TPMS spare tire, the
Low Tire Pressure telltale may blink
or illuminate after a few minutes
because the TPMS sensor mounted
on the spare wheel is not initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is reinflated to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low tire
pressure telltale will extinguish within
a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator is not extinguished
after a few minutes of driving, please
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor
on the replaced spare wheel should
be initiated and the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel should be
deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel located in
the spare tire carrier still activates,
the tire pressure monitoring system
may not operate properly. Have the
tire with TPMS serviced or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able to identify a low
tire by simply looking at it. Always
use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire's inflation
pressure. Please note that a tire that
is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a
tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
✽ NOTICE
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability to
warn the driver of low tire pressure
conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying,
or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
OUB061002
Jack and tools
The spare tire, jack, jack handle and
wheel lug nut wrench are stored in
the luggage compartment.
Remove the luggage under tray out
of the way to reach the equipment.
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
6 14
WARNING - Changing
Always move the vehicle completely
off the road and onto the shoulder
before trying to change a tire. The
jack should be used on firm level
ground. If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance.
Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle;
never use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jack support.
tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
WARNING - Jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is
only supported by a jack since
the vehicle can easily roll off the
jack. Use vehicle support
stands.
What to do in an emergency
Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
Make sure any children present are
in a secure place away from the road
and from the vehicle to be raised with
the jack.
WARNING - Running
vehicle on
jack
Do not start or run the engine of
the vehicle while the vehicle is
on the jack as this may cause
the vehicle to fall off the jack.
OUB061003
Removing and storing the
spare tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
OED066033
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the shift lever into R
(Reverse) for manual transaxle or
P (Park) for automatic transaxle.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
6 15
What to do in an emergency
To prevent vehicle movement while
changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the
wheel diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
We recommend that the wheels of
the vehicle be chocked, and that no
person remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
1VQA4023
OUB061005
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
the jack position.
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
6 16
What to do in an emergency
OUB065008
OUB061006
7. Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack
at the designated locations under
the frame. The jacking positions
are plates welded to the frame
with two tabs and a raised dot to
index with the jack.
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 1 in (30 mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can be
slid over the other studs.
6 17
What to do in an emergency
Wheels and wheel covers may have
sharp edges. Handle them carefully
to avoid possible injury. Before putting the wheel into place, be sure
that there is nothing on the hub or
wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)
that prevents the wheel from fitting
solidly against the hub.
WARNING - Installing a
wheel
Make sure the wheel makes
good contact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
6 18
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the wheel nut wrench
counterclockwise.
OUB061007
Then position the wrench as shown
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench handle.
Go around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are tight. Then double-check
each nut for tightness. After changing
the wheels, have an authorized Kia
dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible.
What to do in an emergency
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:
65~79 lb.ft (9~11 kg.m)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as possible.
After you have changed wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
CAUTION - Reusing lug
nuts
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the
stud so that it must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket lug
nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Wheel studs
Do not drive your vehicle with
damaged wheel studs. If the
studs are damaged, they may
lose their ability to retain the
wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision.
To prevent the jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing the
spare tire. Adjust it to the specified
pressure, if necessary. Refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 8.
6 19
What to do in an emergency
Important - use of compact spare
tire (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
You should drive carefully when the
compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and rim at
the first opportunity.
The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the
same time.
6 20
WARNING - Spare tire
Do not operate your vehicle on
this compact spare at speeds
over 50 mph (80 km/h). The
compact spare tire is for emergency use only. The original tire
should be repaired or replaced
as soon as is possible to avoid
failure of the spare.
The compact spare should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road hazard,
such as a pothole or debris, could
seriously damage the compact
spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible personal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
1 inch (25 mm), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly. This could damage the
vehicle and result in loss of the
chain.
• The compact spare tire should not
be installed on the front axle if the
vehicle must be driven in snow or
on ice.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other car components may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
6 21
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
■ Example
• Type A
OHYK064001
• Type B
OHYK064005
• Type C
OHYK064002
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 22
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) (TYPE A)
■ Type A
When two or more tires are flat, do
not use the tire mobility kit because
the supported one sealant of Tire
Mobility Kit is only used for one flat
tire.
WARNING - Tire wall
OUB061009
For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary
fix to the tire and the tire should be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair punctures in the tire
walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
OUB065010L
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay
mobile even after experiencing a tire
puncture.
The system of compressor and sealing compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a
passenger car tire caused by nails or
similar objects and reinflates the tire.
After you ensured that the tire is
properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200
km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of
50 MPH (80 km/h) in order to reach
a service station or tire dealer for the
tire replacement.
6 23
What to do in an emergency
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may
adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid
abrupt steering or other driving
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle
is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in
use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire
repair method and is to be used for
one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by
step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
6 24
Notes on the proper use of the
Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the
road so that you can work with the
Tire Mobility Kit away from moving
traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not
move, even when you're on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car
tires. Only punctured areas located
within the tread region of the tire
can be sealed using the tire mobility kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit
for your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
be effective for tire damage larger
than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).
Please contact the nearest Kia
dealership if the tire cannot be
made roadworthy with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a
tire is severely damaged by driving
run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the engine running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time
or it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if
the ambient temperature is below 22°F (-30°C).
What to do in an emergency
9. Hose to connect compressor and
sealant bottle or compressor and
wheel
Connectors, cable and connection
hose are stored in the compressor
housing.
WARNING - Expired
sealant
Do not use the Tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e.
past the expiration date on the
sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING - Sealant
OAM060015L
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
0. Speed restriction label
1. Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction
2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel
3. Connectors and cable for the
power outlet direct connection
4. Holder for the sealant bottle
5. Compressor
6. On/off switch
7. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure
8. Screw cap for reducing tire inflation pressure
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
Strictly
follow
the
specified
sequence, otherwise the sealant
may escape under high pressure.
6 25
What to do in an emergency
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
1.Detach the speed restriction label
(0) from the sealant bottle (1), and
place it in a highly visible place
inside the vehicle such as on the
steering wheel to remind the driver
not to drive too fast.
2.Screw connection hose (9) onto
the connector of the sealant bottle.
3.Ensure that screw cap (8) is
closed.
4.Unscrew the valve cap from the
valve of the defective wheel and
screw filling hose (2) of the sealant
bottle onto the valve.
5.Insert the sealant bottle into the
housing (4) of the compressor so
that the bottle is upright.
6 26
WARNING - Tire pressure
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 29 PSI(200kpa). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
OUB065010L
6.Ensure that the compressor is
switched off, position 0.
7.Plug the compressor power cord
into the vehicle power outlet.
8.With the engine start/stop button
position on or ignition switch position on, switch on the compressor
and let it run for approximately 5~7
minutes to fill the sealant up to
proper pressure. (refer to the Tire
and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling
is unimportant and will be
checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire
and stay away from the tire when
filling it.
9. Switch off the compressor.
10. Detach the hoses from the
sealant bottle connector and
from the tire valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING - Carbon
monoxide
Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area
for extended periods of time.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation can occur.
What to do in an emergency
Distributing the sealant
11. Immediately drive approximately
4~6miles (7~10km or about
10min) to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall
below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road. If this
occures, call for roadside service or
towing.
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,
the tire pressure sensors and wheel
may be stained by sensors.
Therefore, remove the tire pressure
sensors and wheel stained by
sealant and have it serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Checking the tire inflation
pressure
1.After driving approximately 4
~6miles(7~10km or about 10min),
stop at a safe location.
2.Connect connection hose (9) of the
compressor directly to the tire
valve.
3.Plug the compressor power cord
into the vehicle power outlet.
4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
the recomended tire inflation.
With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor,
position I. To check the current
inflation pressure setting, briefly
switch off the compressor.
✽ NOTICE
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the
compressor is running. To get an
accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.
- To reduce the inflation pressure: Loosen the screw cap (8)
on the compressor hose.
6 27
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Tire pressure
sensor
When you use the Tire Mobility
Kit including sealant not
approved by Kia, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged
by sealant. The sealant on the
tire pressure sensor and wheel
should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one
and inspect the tire pressure
sensors in authorized dealer.
6 28
Technical Data
System voltage: DC 12 V
Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V
Amperage rating: max. 15 A
Suitable for use at temperatures:
-22 ~ +158°F (-30 ~ +70°C)
Max. working pressure:
87 psi (6 bar)
Size
Compressor: 6.7 x 5.9 x 2.4 in.
(170 x 150 x 60 mm)
Sealant bottle: 3.3 x 3.0 ø in.
(85 x 77 ø mm)
Compressor weight:
1.8 lbs (0.8 kg)
Sealant volume:
12.2 cu. in. (200 ml)
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) (TYPE B)
■ Type B
CAUTION - One sealant
for one tire
When two or more tires are flat,
do not use the tire mobility kit
because the supported one
sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is
only used for one flat tire.
OUB065009N
For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix
to the tire and the tire should be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
WARNING - Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair punctures in the tire
walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING - Temporary fix
Have your tire repaired as soon
as possible. The tire may loose
air pressure at any time after
inflating with the Tire Mobility
Kit.
OUB065026L
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay
mobile even after experiencing a tire
puncture.
The system of compressor and sealing compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a
passenger car tire caused by nails or
similar objects and reinflates the tire.
After you ensured that the tire is
properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120
miles (200 km) at a max. speed of
50mph (80 km/h) in order to reach a
service station or tire dealer for the
tire replacement.
6 29
What to do in an emergency
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may
adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid
abrupt steering or other driving
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle
is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in
use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire
repair method and is to be used for
one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by
step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
6 30
Notes on the safe use of the
Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the
road so that you can work with the
Tire Mobility Kit away from moving
traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not
move, even when you're on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car
tires. Only punctured areas located
within the tread region of the tire
can be sealed using the tire mobility kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit
for your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
be effective for tire damage larger
than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).
Please contact the nearest Kia
dealership if the tire cannot be
made roadworthy with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a
tire is severely damaged by driving
run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the engine running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time
or it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if
the ambient temperature is below
-22°F ( -30°C).
What to do in an emergency
Connectors, cable and connection
hose are stored in the compressor
housing.
WARNING - Expired
sealant
Do not use the Tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e.
pasted the expiration date on
the sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
Strictly
follow
the
specified
sequence, otherwise the sealant
may escape under high pressure.
WARNING - Sealant
OGDE064102
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
0. Speed restriction label
1. Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction
2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel
3. Connectors and cable for the
power outlet direct connection
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
4. Holder for the sealant bottle
5. Compressor
6. On/off switch
7. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure
8. Button for reducing tire inflation
pressure
6 31
What to do in an emergency
OGDE065100K
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
Filling the sealant
Strictly
follow
the
specified
sequence, otherwise the sealant
may escape under high pressure.
1. Shake the sealant bottle.
6 32
OGD065101K
OGD065102K
2. Connect the filling hose (2) onto
the connector of the sealant bottle.
3. Ensure that button (6) on the compressor is not pressed.
What to do in an emergency
OUB065021K
OGD065103K
OUB065028L
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the
valve of the defective wheel and
screw filling hose (2) of the sealant
bottle onto the valve.
5. Insert the sealant bottle into the
housing (4) of the compressor so
that the bottle is upright.
6. Ensure that the compressor is
switched off, position 0.
7. Connect between compressor and
the vehicle power outlet using the
cable and connectors (3).
8. With the ignition switched on:
Switch on the compressor and let it
run for approximately 3 minutes to fill
the sealant. The inflation pressure of
the tire after filling is unimportant.
6 33
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Tire pressure
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 230 kpa (33 PSI). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
9. Switch off the compressor.
10. Detach the hoses from the
sealant bottle connector and
from the tire valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING - Carbon
monoxide
Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area
for extended periods of time.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation can occur.
6 34
Distributing the sealant
Immediately drive approximately
4~6miles (7~10km or, about 10min)
to evenly distribute the sealant in the
tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall
below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,
the tire pressure sensors and wheel
may be stained by sensors.
Therefore, remove the tire pressure
sensors and wheel stained by
sealant and have it serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Checking the tire inflation
pressure
1. After driving approximately 4 ~ 6
miles (7 ~ 10 km or about 10min),
stop at a safe location.
2. Connect the filling hose (2) of the
compressor (clip mounted side)
directly and then connect the filling hose (2) (opposite side) to the
tire valve.
3. Connect between compressor and
the vehicle power outlet using the
cable and connectors.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
the recomended tire inflation.
With the ignition swithched on,
proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor, position I. To check the current inflation pressure setting,
briefly switch off the compressor.
What to do in an emergency
✽ NOTICE
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the
compressor is running. To get an
accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.
- To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (8) on the
compressor hose.
CAUTION - Tire pressure
sensor
When you use the Tire Mobility
Kit including sealant not
approved by Kia, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged
by sealant. The sealant on the
tire pressure sensor and wheel
should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one
and inspect the tire pressure
sensors in authorized dealer.
Technical Data
System voltage: DC 12 V
Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V
Amperage rating: max. 10 A ± 1A
(at DC 12V operation)
Suitable for use at temperatures:
-22 ~ +158°F (-30 ~ +70°C)
Max. working pressure:
6 bar (87 psi)
Size
Compressor: 6.3 x 5.9 x 2.2 in.
(161 x 150 x 55.8 mm)
Sealant bottle: ø 3.3 x 3.2 in.
(ø 85 x 81 mm)
Compressor weight:
1.62 lbs ± 0.06 lbs (735 g ± 25 g)
Sealant volume:
12.2 cu. in. (200 ml)
6 35
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
A
B
OED066013
dolly
OED066011
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels
off the ground.
6 36
OED066014
CAUTION - Towing
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
3.Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4.Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
■ 4 door
OUB065025
■ 5 door
Always place the transaxle shift
lever in N (Neutral) when towing
your vehicle. Failure to place the
transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral) may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
OUB065011
Removable towing hook (front)
(if equipped)
1.Remove the towing hook from the
tool case.
2.Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front bumper.
6 37
What to do in an emergency
Front
OUB065012L
Rear
OUB065013L
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
6 38
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Attach a towing strap to the towing
hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle other
than the tow hooks for towing may
damage the body of your vehicle.
• Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the cable
or chain to the towing hook provided.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do
not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
What to do in an emergency
OED066029
• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet
(5 m) long. Attach a white or red
cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)
wide) in the middle of the strap for
easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loosened during towing.
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Press the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake
performance will be reduced. Stop
often and let the brakes cool off.
If the car is being towed with all four
wheels on the ground, it can be
towed only from the front. Be sure
that the transmission is in neutral. Be
sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC
position. A driver must be in the
towed vehicle to operate the steering
and brakes.
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• To avoid serious damage to
the automatic transmission,
limit the vehicle speed to 15
km/h (10 mph) and drive less
than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.
• Before towing, check for an
automatic transmission fluid
leak under your vehicle. If the
automatic transmission fluid
is leaking, a flatbed equipment
or towing dolly must be used.
6 39
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
• Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
• Maintenance under severe usage conditions. . . . . . . 7-30
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-32
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Brake/clutch fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Automatic transaxle fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-51
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
• Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
• Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
• Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
7
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
• Headlight, position light, turn signal light,
front fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-83
• High mounted stop light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
• License plate light bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Interior light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
9. Radiator cap
10. Engine oil dipstick
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OUB071103N
7 3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factorytrained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
7 4
Owner’s responsibility
✽ NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty &
Consumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
become entangled in moving
parts. If you must run the
engine while working under the
hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and
necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose
clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
7 5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
7 6
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING - Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in the
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check the automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall) :
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
At least once a year :
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
checks, and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Check the power steering fluid
level.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transaxle linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
7 7
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
7 8
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal
Maintenance Schedule. After 120
months or 150,000 miles continue to
follow the prescribed maintenance
intervals.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
7,500 miles or 6 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect visually the following items.
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
(Continued)
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
15,000 miles or 12 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Continued)
7 10
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
22,500 miles or 18 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 11
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
30,000 miles or 24 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
(Continued)
7 12
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
37,500 miles or 30 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 13
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
(Continued)
45,000 miles or 36 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
(Continued)
7 14
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
52,500 miles or 42 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 15
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
(Continued)
60,000 miles or 48 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First, 60,000 miles or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Inspect valve clearance *
❑ Add fuel additive *A
3
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
(Continued)
7 16
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.
*3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
*4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
67,500 miles or 54 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 17
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
75,000 miles or 60 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Continued)
7 18
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
82,500 miles or 66 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 19
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
90,000 miles or 72 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
(Continued)
7 20
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.
4
* The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
97,500 miles or 78 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 21
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
105,000 miles or 84 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated),
(Every 100,000 miles or 120 months)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
(Continued)
7 22
❑ Add fuel additive *A
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
112,500 miles or 90 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 23
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
120,000 miles or 96 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
Lubricate all locks and hinges
Parking brakes
Steering operation and linkage
Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine coolant*5
(First, 120,000 miles or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect valve clearance *3
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
(Continued)
7 24
11)
12)
13)
14)
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.
*3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
*4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
*5 When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
127,500 miles or 102 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 25
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
135,000 miles or 108 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
(Continued)
7 26
❑ Add fuel additive *A
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
142,500 miles or 114 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 27
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
(Continued)
150,000 miles or 120 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
Lubricate all locks and hinges
Parking brakes
Steering operation and linkage
Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Replace engine coolant *5
(First 120,000 miles or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
(Every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
(Continued)
7 28
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.
4
* The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
*5 When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
7 29
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
R
EVERY 3,750 miles OR 6 MONTHS
A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J, K
AIR CLEANER FILTER
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, E
SPARK PLUGS
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
A, B, H, I, K
DISC BRAKE/ PADS,
CALIPERS AND ROTORS
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
REAR BRAKE DRUMS/ LININGS,
PARKING BRAKE
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/
LOWER
ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS
I
EVERY 7,500 miles OR 6 MONTHS
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
MAINTENANCE ITEM
7 30
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL*
R
EVERY 75,000 miles
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID*
R
EVERY 60,000 miles
A, C, E, F, G, H, I
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, E
MAINTENANCE ITEM
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A - Repeatedly driving shorts distances of less than 5 miles in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very
cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas
F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
J - Driving over 106 MPH
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
* : if equipped
7 31
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and
cause multiple issues such as hard
starting. If an excessive amount of
foreign matter accumulates in the
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
7 32
After installing a new filter, run the
engine for several minutes, and
check for leaks at the connections.
Fuel filters should be installed by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure that a new
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Maintenance
Coolant
✽ NOTICE
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Spark plugs
Manual transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Automatic transaxle fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to
look darker.
This is a normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
Air cleaner filter
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform the operation.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Inspect the manual transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
Automatic transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Automatic transaxle fluid should not
be checked under normal usage
conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
Kia dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
CAUTION - Specified
fluid
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle malfunction and failure.
Use only specified automatic
transaxle fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in section 8.)
7 33
Maintenance
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake/Clutch (if equipped)
fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever and
cables.
Rear brake drums and linings
(if equipped)
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
Check the rear brake drums and linings for scoring, burning, leaking
fluid, broken parts, and excessive
wear.
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
(if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
7 34
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
OAM072001
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and reinsert it fully.
OAM072003
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
CAUTION - Replace
engine oil
Do not overfill with engine oil.
Engine damage may result.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in section 8.)
7 35
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
WARNING - California
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder climate.
proposition 65
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
7 36
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The
electric
motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. It may
sometimes operate even when
the engine is not running.
OAM072005
Checking the coolant level
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks
on the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
Maintenance
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F (MAX), but do not
overfill. If frequent coolant addition is
required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycolbased coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Ambient
Temperature
Antifreeze
Water
5°F (-15°C)
35
65
-13°F (-25°C)
40
60
-31°F (-35°C)
50
50
-49°F (-45°C)
60
40
OAM072006
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure.
7 37
Maintenance
CAUTION - Removing
radiator cap
Never attempt to
remove the radiator
cap while the engine
is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead
to cooling system and
engine damage.
Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop.
Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
7 38
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
Put a thick cloth or fabric around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into engine
parts such as the alternator.
Maintenance
BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID
CAUTION - Proper fluid
Only use brake/clutch fluid in
brake/clutch system. Small
amounts of improper fluids
(such as engine oil) can cause
damage to the brake/clutch system.
OUB071007
Checking the brake/clutch*
fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean
the area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch*
fluid contamination.
* if equipped
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings and/or
clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch* system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake/clutch*
fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake/clutch* system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When
changing
and
adding
brake/clutch* fluid, handle it carefully.
Do not let it come in contact with
your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluid
should come in contact with your
eyes, immediately flush them with a
large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Brake/clutch
fluid
Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid
to contact the vehicle's body
paint, as paint damage will
result.
Brake/clutch* fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be disposed of properly.
7 39
Maintenance
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID
WASHER FLUID
WARNING - Windshield
It is recommended that the automatic transaxle fluid should be checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
In severe conditions, the fluid should
be changed at an authorized Kia
dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of
this chapter.
fluid
Do not
washer
washer
humans
drink the windshield
fluid. The windshield
fluid is poisonous to
and animals.
WARNING - Flammable
OUB071009
Checking the washer fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7 40
fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks. The windshield washer fluid is flammable under certain circumstances. This can result in a fire.
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
AIR CLEANER
OUB051016
OUB071010
Checking the parking brake
Filter replacement
Check the stroke of the parking
brake by counting the number of
“clicks’’ heard while fully applying it
from the released position. Also, the
parking brake alone should securely
hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
grade. If the stroke is more or less
than specified, have the parking
brake adjusted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
It must be replaced when necessary,
and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
OUB071011
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover
attaching clips and open the cover.
Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 44
lbs (20 kg, 196 N).
7 41
Maintenance
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this section.)
OUB071012
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
7 42
CAUTION - Air filter
maintenance
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
nongenuine part could damage the air flow sensor.
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
OUB041142
Filter replacement
1. Open the glove box.
OUB071013
2. Remove the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock
on the right side of the cover.
3. Push the right side of the climate
control air filter and pull the climate control air filter out.
7 43
Maintenance
OMG079027
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter, install it properly. Otherwise,
the system may produce noise and
the effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
7 44
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
1JBA5122
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
CAUTION - Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
7 45
Maintenance
1JBA7037
OED076040
1LDA5023
Front windshield wiper blade
Rear window wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
1JBA7038
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
7 46
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Maintenance
OED076041
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 47
Maintenance
BATTERY
WARNING - Risk of
explosion
OUB071017
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
7 48
Keep Lit cigarettes and
all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly
combustible gas, which
will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
WARNING - Sulfuric
acid in batteries
Keep batteries out of the
reach
of
children
because batteries contain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection
when charging or working near a battery.
Always provide ventilation when working in an
enclosed space.
Maintenance
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel
pain or burning sensation,
get medical attention immediately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
The battery contains lead. Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to
an authorized Kia dealer to
be recycled.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
WARNING - Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
"zap" you.
When you don’t use the vehicle for a
long time in the low temperature
area, separate the battery and keep
it indoors.
WARNING - California
proposition
65
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
7 49
Maintenance
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at no more than 20-30A for two
hours.
7 50
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
• Auto down window (See section 4)
• Sunroof (See section 4)
• Trip computer (See section 4)
• Climate control system
(See section 4)
• Clock (See section 4)
• Audio (See section 4)
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
WARNING - Tire under-
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
inflation
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
OUB071018
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Severe underinflation
(10 psi (70 kPa) or more) can
lead to severe heat build-up,
causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that
can result in the loss of vehicle
control. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 51
Maintenance
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have it checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4
to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
7 52
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than one
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You can not tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire guage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire guage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
• Remember to check the pressure
of your spare tire. Kia recommends
that you check the spare every
time you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
7 53
Maintenance
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Do not use the compact spare tire for
tire rotation.
Without a spare tire
WARNING - Mixing tire
types
S2BLA790A
Directional tires (if equipped)
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
CBGQ0707A
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
7 54
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
Maintenance
The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. Tire size can
affect wheel speed. When replacing
tires, all 4 tires must use the same
size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) (if equipped) to
work irregularly.
Tread wear indicator
OEN076053
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
✽ NOTICE
We recommend that when replacing
tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that
affects driving performance.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
7 55
Maintenance
Wheel replacement
Tire traction
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper
height.
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road, to
reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
CAUTION - Wheel
Wheels that do not meet Kia's
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling and
poor vehicle control.
7 56
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
Tire maintenance
Tire sidewall labeling
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
Maintenance
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P205/55R16 89H
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
205 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
89 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.0JX16
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicles. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h)
118 mph (190 km/h)
130 mph (210 km/h)
149 mph (240 km/h)
Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
6.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 57
Maintenance
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1615 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2015.
7 58
WARNING - Tire age
Replace tires within the recommended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
control and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
Maintenance
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found, where
applicable, on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 440
TRACTION A
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging
process.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicles
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
7 59
Maintenance
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
7 60
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional
accessories
are,
automatic
transaxle, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Maintenance
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread of a
tire when only 2/32 inch of tread
remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
7 61
Maintenance
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due to
curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
7 62
All season tires
Snow tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to
the maximum pressure shown on the
tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
km/h) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
Maintenance
Tire chains
Radial-ply tires
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
• When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less than
20 mph (30 km/h).
• Use the SAE “S” class or wire
chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6
miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.59
inches (15 mm) to prevent damage
to the chain’s connection.
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7 63
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire
(if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
7 64
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
• It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But if
there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot
see the tire damage with your own
eyes, have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire damage
may cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on
a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information
on the tire sidewall.
Maintenance
FUSES
Blade type
B l ow n
Cartridge type
B l ow n
Fusible link
B l ow n
OTA070039
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, move
to safe place, turn off the engine and
all electric devices, and then disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse
replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
• Do not arbitrarily modify or
add-on electric wiring of the
vehicle.
7 65
Maintenance
CAUTION - Fuse
replacement
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ depending on equipment/options.
CAUTION - Fuse
Replacement
Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
driver or wiring. It may cause
contact failure and system malfunction.
7 66
WARNING - Electrical
Fire
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay with a new one, make
sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips The
incomplete fastening fuse or
relay may cause the vehicle
wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts. The fuses,
relays and terminals may be
fastened incompletely, and it
may cause a possible fire. If
fuses, relays and terminals
fastened with bolts or nuts are
blown, we recommend that
you consult with an authorized Kia dealer.
OUB071019
Instrument panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuse
panel.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the cigar lighter
fuse.
If the memory fuse is pulled up from
the fuse panel, the warning chime,
audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,
will not operate. Some items must be
reset after replacement. Refer to
“Battery” in this section.
Even though the memory fuse is
pulled up, the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse block in
the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced.
OUB071021
Memory fuse
Your vehicle is equipped with the
memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged
periods. Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for
prolonged periods.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Turn off the headlights and tail
lights.
3. Open the driver’s side panel cover
and pull up the memory fuse.
7 67
Maintenance
3.Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4.Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
■ Type B
OUB071022
Engine compartment panel fuse
replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2.Remove the fuse box cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up the
cover.
When the blade type fuse is disconnected, remove it by using the
clip designed for changing fuses
located in the engine room fuse
box. Upon removal, securely insert
reserve fuse of equal quantity.
7 68
CAUTION - Fuse panel
covers
After checking the fuse panel in
the
engine
compartment,
securely install the fuse panel
cover to prevent electrical failures which may occur from
water leaking in.
OUB071023N
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
Maintenance
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electrical components.
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 69
Maintenance
OUB071025
Instrument panel fuse panel
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ depending on equipment/options.
OUB075064N
7 70
Maintenance
OUB071026
Engine compartment fuse
panel
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ depending on equipment/options.
OUB075114N
7 71
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
POWER OUTLET
C/LIGHTER
Fuse rating
15A
Power Outlet
20A
Cigarette Lighter
Circuit Protected
Front Map Lamp, Power Outside Mirror Switch, BCM,
Low DC-DC Convertor, Smart Key Control Module, Audio,
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Digital Clock
ACC
10A
A/BAG IND
10A
Instrument Cluster
A/BAG
10A
SBR PAB Indicator, SRS Control Module
Passenger Weight Classification Sensor
MODULE 2
MDPS
WIPER RR
HTD STRG
FOG LAMP RR
FOG LAMP FRT
MODULE 1
10A
10A
15A
15A
10A
15A
10A
BCM
EPS Control Module
Multifunction Switch, Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
Steering Wheel Heater
Front Fog Lamp Relay
ATM Shift Lever Switch, Door Warning Switch
STOP LAMP
15A
Data Link Connector, Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
Stop Lamp Relay, PCB Fuse & Relay Box (HAC Relay)
CLUSTER
10A
Audio, BCM, ATM Shift Lever ILL., Crash Pad Switch
Instrument Cluster, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module
IG1 1
10A
Multipurpose Check Connector, Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module
Passenger Seat Warmer Module
With ISG : Crash Pad Switch, Low DC-DC Convertor
ABS
10A
Crash Pad Switch, ESC Module
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (HAC Relay)
B/UP LAMP
10A
Back-Up Lamp Switch
7 72
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
IG1 2
10A
Vehicle Speed Sensor, Stop Lamp Switch, Inverter
A/C Control Module
HAZARD
PDM 1
SUNROOF
15A
25A
15A
Hazard Switch, BCM
Smart Key Control Module
Sunroof Motor
PDM 2
10A
Immobilizer Module, Start/Stop Button Switch,
Smart Key Control Module
ECU
15A
Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module,
ECM/PCM, Transaxle Range Switch
IG2
10A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module, Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module
Cluster Ionizer, Rain Sensor, A/C Control Module, Sunroof Motor
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay, Head Lamp (HI) Relay,
Fuel Pump #1 Relay)
WIPER FRT
25A
Multifunction Switch, Front Wiper Motor
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Rain Sensor Relay, Front Wiper Relay)
DOOR LOCK
20A
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Unlock Relay,
Two Turn Unlock Relay
SAFETY POWER
WINDOW
25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module
S/HEATER
15A
Seat Warmer Switch, Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module,
Passenger Seat Warmer Module
FOLD'G MIRR
10A
Power Outside Mirror Switch
10A
BCM, Door Warning Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module
Instrument Cluster, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module
Luggage Lamp
ROOM LAMP
7 73
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
AUDIO
20A
With ISG : Low DC-DC Convertor
W/O ISG : Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
TAIL LAMP LH
10A
Head Lamp LH, License Lamp
Rear Combination Lamp (IN/OUT) LH
TAIL LAMP RH
10A
Head Lamp RH, License Lamp, ILL. (+),
Rear Combination Lamp (IN/OUT) RH
START
10A
With Burglar Alarm : Burglar Alarm Relay
W/O Burglar Alarm : Transaxle Range Switch (A/T),
Smart Key Control Module (M/T), Ignition Lock Switch (M/T),
ECM (M/T), PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay) (M/T)
P/WDW LH
25A
Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH
Driver Safety Power Window Module
P/WDW RH
25A
Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH
Passenger Power Window Switch
HTD MIRR
10A
ECM/PCM, A/C Control Module
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
A/CON
10A
A/C Control Module
7 74
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
MULTI
FUSE
FUSE
Fuse Name
MDPS
ALT
Fuse rating
80A
EPS Control Module
125A
Alternator
Circuit Protected
B+1
50A
I/P Junction Box (Power Connector Fuse : ROOM LP 10A / AUDIO 20A,
Fuse : FOG LP FRT 15A / MODULE 1 10A / STOP LP 15A, Tail Lamp Relay)
INVERTER
40A
Inverter
B+2
50A
I/P Junction Box (Fuse : HAZARD 15A / PDM 1 25A / PDM 2 10A / SUNROOF 15A /
DR LOCK 20A / SAFETY POWER WINDOW 25A / S/HEATER 2 15A,
FOLD'G MIRR 10A / Power Window Relay)
IG1
40A
With Smart Key - PDM Relay Box (ESCL (ACC) Relay, ESCL (IG1) Relay)
W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch
ABS1
ABS2
RR HTD
ECU 5
H/LP HI IND
40A
40A
40A
10A
10A
ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ESC Module
I/P Junction Box (Rear Defogger Relay)
PCM
Instrument Cluster
7 75
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
IG2
40A
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay), W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch,
With Smart Key - PDM Relay Box (ESCL (IG2) Relay)
ECU1
ECU3
BLOWER
C/FAN
F/PUMP
H/LAMP HI
H/LAMP
HORN
ECU2
B/UP LAMP
WIPER
ECU4
INJECTOR
H/LAMP LH
30A
10A
40A
40A
20A
20A
20A
10A
10A
10A
10A
20A
15A
10A
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Engine Control Relay, ECU2 10A)
Not Used
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (Low) Relay, Cooling Fan (Hi) Relay)
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Fuel Pump #1 Relay)
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Head Lamp (HI) Relay)
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Head Lamp (LO) Relay)
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Horn Relay, Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)
M/T - ECM, A/T - E/R Junction Box (ECU_VM 10A)
A/T - PCM, Transaxle Range Switch
ECM/PCM, Rain Sensor
ECM/PCM
ECM/PCM, PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Fuel Pump #1 Relay)
Head Lamp LH
SENSOR
10A
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Oxygen Sensor(Up/Down), Variable Intake
Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
IGN COIL
H/LAMP RH
20A
10A
CONDENSOR, IGNITION COIL #1/#2/#3/#4
Head Lamp RH
7 76
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
WARNING - Lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch
is turned to the “LOCK” position
and turn off the lights to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION - Light
replacement
Be sure to replace the burnedout bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
If you don’t have necessary tools, the
correct bulbs and the expertise, consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
many cases, it is difficult to replace
vehicle light bulbs because other
parts of the vehicle must be removed
before you can get to the bulb. This is
especially true if you have to remove
the headlight assembly to get to the
bulb(s). Removing/installing the
headlight assembly can result in
damage to the vehicle.
7 77
Maintenance
■ 4 door
■ 5 door
- Type A
OUB075028K
OUB075110
- Type B
OHD076046
Headlight bulb
Headlight, position light, turn
signal light, side marker light
and front fog light bulb
replacement
• 4 door
(1) Headlight (High/Low)
(2) Position light
(3) Front turn signal light
(4) Front fog light*
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
OUB075052K
• 5 door
(1) Headlight (High)
(2) Headlight (Low)
(3) Front turn signal light
(4) Position light
(5) Front side marker
(6) Front fog light*
* : if equipped
7 78
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
Maintenance
Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If the
bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A
bulb should be operated only when
installed in a headlight.
If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately and
carefully dispose of it.
Wear eye protection when changing
a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down
before handling it.
1.Turn off the engine and open the
hood. If you can reach the bulb
without removing the headlight
assembly, continue to step 4.
2.Remove the front bumper upper
cover.
3.Remove the headlight assembly
from the body of the vehicle.
4.Disconnect the power connector(s)
from the back of the headlight
assembly.
OUB071073
Headlight(High/Low)
• 4 door
5.Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
6.Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and
pushing it right ward.
7.Pull the bulb out of the socket.
8.Insert a new bulb into the socket.
9.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the shape on the bulb
housing in the assembly. Pushing
the spring holder in to the slot.
10. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise
7 79
Maintenance
9.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
If the headlight aiming adjustment is
necessary after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
OUB071030N
OUB071029
Headlight (High)
• 5 door
5.Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
6.Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and
pushing it down ward.
7.Pull the bulb out of the socket.
8.Insert a new bulb into the socket.
9.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the shape on the bulb
housing in the assembly. Pushing
the spring holder in to the slot.
10. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
Headlight (Low)
• 5 door
Follow the steps 1 to 4 from the previous section.
5.Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7.Pull the bulb out of the socket.
8.Insert a new bulb into the socket.
7 80
Maintenance
7.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
8.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
OUB071031N
Turn signal light/Position light or Side
marker
Follow the steps 1 to 4 from the previous page.
5.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
6.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket
Position light (if equipped)
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OUB071055
■ 4 door
OUB071077
■ 5 door
OUB071056
7 81
Maintenance
Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)
1.Remove the under cover by rotating the screws.
2.Reach your hand into the back of
the front bumper.
3.Disconnect the power connector
from the socket.
4.Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the housing.
5.Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise.
6 Connect the power connector to
the socket.
7 82
OUB071034
Side repeater light bulb
replacement (if equipped)
Type A
If the light bulb does not
operate,have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer. A skilled
technician should check or repair the
side repeater lamp, for it may damage related out side mirror parts of
the vehicle.
OUB071057
Type B
1.Remove the light assembly from
the vehicle by prying the lens and
pulling the assembly out.
2.Disconnect the bulb electrical connector.
3.Separate the socket and the lens
parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the
lens part.
4.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5.Insert a new bulb in the socket.
6.Reassemble the socket and the
lens part.
Maintenance
7.Connect the bulb electrical connector.
8.Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Stop and tail light
(LED type, if equipped)
If the light (LED) does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
■ 4 door
OUB075113
■ 5 door
OUB071036
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
(1) Stop and tail light
(2) Rear turn signal light
(3) Back-up light
(4) Tail light
7 83
Maintenance
7.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
8.Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
OUB071069K
OUB071070K
Outside light
Rear turn signal light and tail/stop
light
• 4 door
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the trunk lid.
3.Remove the service cover by
pulling out the service cover.
4.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
6.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
7 84
Maintenance
8.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
9.Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OUB071037
OUB071038
• 5 door
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the tailgate.
3.Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4.Remove the rear combination light
assembly from the body of the
vehicle.
5.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
6.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
7 85
Maintenance
5.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it until
the tabs on the bulb align with the
slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out
of the socket.
OUB071071K
OUB071072K
Inside light
Back-up light/tail light
• 4 door
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the trunk.
3.Loosen the retaining screw of the
trunk lid cover and then remove the
cover.
4.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
6.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
7.Install the socket into the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
8.Reinstall the trunk lid cover by
pushing in the screw.
7 86
Maintenance
7.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
8.Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
OUB071039
• 5 door
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the tailgate.
3.Remove the service cover.
OUB071058
4.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
6.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
7 87
Maintenance
OUB075112
OUB075107K
High mounted stop light
replacement
• 4 door
1.Turn off the engine
2.Open the trunk
7 88
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5.Insert a new bulb in the socket.
6.Reinstall the socket in the assembly in the reverse order of removal.
OUB071042
OUB071060N
• 5 door
1.Turn off the engine
2.Open the tailgate.
3.Gently remove the rubber cover
(1).
4.Disconnect the electrical connector.
Maintenance
OUB071061N
5.Loosen the retaining nuts.
6.Remove the washer hose socket
from the lamp assembly by turning
the socket counter clockwise until
the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
7.Reinstall a new light assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
OUB071043
License plate light bulb
replacement
1.Remove the lens by pressing the
tabs.
2.Remove the socket from the lens.
3.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
4.Install a new bulb in the socket and
install the socket to the lens.
5.Reinstall the lens securely.
7 89
Maintenance
■ Map lamp
Interior light bulb replacement
■ Glove box lamp
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior
light housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
WARNING - Interior
lights
■ Room lamp
■ Luggage room lamp (5 door)
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the “OFF”
button is pressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an
electric shock.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
OUB071044/OAM079038
7 90
OUB071047/OUB071046
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
7 91
Maintenance
OJB037800
CAUTION - Wetting
engine
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
7 92
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
CAUTION - Drying
vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
Maintenance
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch or damage the
finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents. It may damage and
corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish.
7 93
Maintenance
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produces vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
7 94
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by
moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
Maintenance
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
getting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are
kept open so that moisture can
escape and not be trapped inside
to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
7 95
Maintenance
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the car.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately.
CAUTION - Electrical
components
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
7 96
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear
windows
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
7 97
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the
Warranty & Maintenance booklet in
your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
7 98
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery)
system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
7 99
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Catalytic
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
converter
Keep away from the catalytic
converter and exhaust system
while the vehicle is running or
immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems
are very hot and may burn you.
7 100
WARNING - Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may
apply,
See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/p
erchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle
Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials,
such as air bag inflators, seatbelt
pretensioners and keyless remote
entry batteries, must be disposed of
according to Title 22 California Code
of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7 101
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Weight and volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air conditioning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-7
• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Engine number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Consumer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Online factory authorized manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
ENGINE
Item
Gasoline 1.6
Displacement [cu.in(cc)]
97.09
(1,591)
3.03 x 3.36
(77 x 85.44)
Bore x Stroke [in(mm)]
Firing order
No. of cylinders
1-3-4-2
4, In-line
DIMENSIONS
Item
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
8 2
185/65R15
205/45R17
185/65R15
205/45R17
in (mm)
4 door
172 (4370)
5 door 159.4 (4050)
67.7 (1720)
57.2 (1455)
59.8 (1520)
59.3 (1507)
60 (1525)
59.4 (1511)
101.1 (2570)
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
■ 5 door
Light Bulb
Head lamp
Front
Position lamp
Turn signal lamp
Front fog lamp*
Side marker light
Tail lamp
Stop lamp
Rear
Low
High
Inside
Outside
Inside
Outside
Turn signal lamp
Back up lamp
High mounted stop lamp
License plate lamp
Side marker light*
Map lamps*
Room lamps
Interior Luggage lamp
Glove box lamp
Vanity mirror lamps*
Wattage
55W
55W
5W or LED
21W
55W
5W
5W or LED
8W or LED
LED
28W or LED
21W
16W
LED
5W X 2EA
LED
10W X 2EA
10W
5W
5W
5W
Bulb type
H11B
H1
P21/5W or LED
PY21W
9006
W5W
W5W or LED
P28/8W or LED
LED
P28/8W or LED
PY21W
W16W
LED
W5W
as tail bulb
LED*
W10W
FESTON
FESTON
FESTON
FESTON
* : if equipped
8 3
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
■ 4 door
Light Bulb
Head lamp
Front
Position lamp
Turn signal lamp
Front fog lamp*
Side marker light
Tail lamp
Stop lamp
Rear
Inside
Outside
Inside
Outside
Turn signal lamp
Back up lamp
High mounted stop lamp
License plate lamp
Side marker light*
Map lamps*
Room lamps
Interior Luggage lamp
Glove box lamp
Vanity mirror lamps*
* : if equipped
8 4
Low
High
Wattage
55W
60W
5W or LED
28W
55W
5W
8W or LED
8W or LED
LED
27W or LED
21W
16W
16W
5W X 2EA
LED
10W X 2EA
10W
5W
5W
5W
Bulb type
HB2
HB2
W5W or LED
PY28/8W
9006
W5W
P27/8W or LED
P27/8W or LED
LED
P27/8W or LED
PY21W
W16W
W16W
W5W
as tail bulb
LED*
W10W
FESTON
FESTON
FESTON
FESTON
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
Cold tire inflation pressure / psi (kPa)
Normal load
Maximum load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
Item
Tire size
Wheel size
Full size tire
P185/65R15*
P205/45R17*
5.5J X 15
6.5J X 17
33
(230)
33
(230)
33
(230)
33
(230)
Compact*
spare tire
T125/80D15
3.5J X 15
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
Wheel lug nut torque /
lb.ft(kg.m, N.m)
65~79
(9~11, 88~107)
* : if equipped
✽ NOTICE
We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If
not, that affects driving performance.
8 5
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
WEIGHT/VOLUME
Gasoline 1.6
Item
Gross vehicle weight
lbs. (kg)
Min.
Luggage volume
4 Door (SAE)
Max.
Min.
cu ft (l) 5 Door (VDA) Max.
4 Door
5 Door
M/T
A/T
M/T
A/T
3593
3660
3527
3593
(1630)
(1660)
(1600)
(1630)
13.7 (389)
10 (288)
32 (923)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Item
Refrigerant
Compressor lubricant
Weight of volume
Classification
0.98 ~ 1.09 lbs
(445 ~ 495g)
R-134a
110 ~ 130 cc
PAG (FD46XG)
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
8 6
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil * * (drain and refill)
recommended (or equivalent)
1
Manual transaxle fluid
Automatic transaxle
Coolant
Brake/Clutch fluid
Fuel
Volume
Classification
3.8 US qt. (3.6 l)
API Service SM*3,
ILSAC GF4 or above, ACEA A5 or above
1.7 ~ 1.8 US qt.
(1.6 ~ 1.7 l)
API GL-4, SAE 70W approved by Kia Motors Corp.
7.71 US qt. (7.3 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV NOCA ATF SPIV, Kia genuine ATF SP-IV or other brands meeting
the above specification approved by Kia Motor Co.,
2
1.6 Engine
Automatic transaxle
5.6 US qt. (5.5 l)
Manual transaxle
5.8 US qt. (5.3 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
0.7 ~ 0.8 US qt.
(0.7 ~ 0.8 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
11.4 US gal. (43 l)
Refer to "Fuel requirements" in section 1
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute
to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements
are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
8 7
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operation (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle
will be operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
°C -30
Temperature
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
10W-30
Gasoline
Engine Oil *1
5W-20, 5W-30
*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the
engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM /
ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using
the engine oil viscosity chart.
8 8
50
120
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
VIN Label (if equipped)
OUB081001
OVQ076002N
OUB081005N
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
VIN label
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attatched on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
8 9
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
OUB071018
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
8 10
ENGINE NUMBER
REFRIGERANT LABEL
OUB081004N
OUB071062N
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
The label contains the following information:
• Type of refrigerant / oil
• Amount of refrigerant / oil
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)
Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current
model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is delivered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (inservice date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60
months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia
Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable
to your model year vehicle.
KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other
benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,
the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday
and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding assistance available,
please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
Emergency roadside assistance
Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24
hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing
1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
Please note that you must provide your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your
vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the driver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insurance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance
providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia
Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch someone to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire
with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to
allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access
to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should
you become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s
Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an
alternative service location.
Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport
vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this service.
add:
Roadside Assistance is subject to the terms, conditions
and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and
Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model
year vehicle.
8 11
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
✽ NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any
Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “salvage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s
law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by
a financial institution or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the
event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more
than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimbursement is included for meals, lodging, or rental car expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100 per day
subject to a three day maximum limit per incident. You
must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to
obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia
Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip
interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,
expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under
Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,
you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in
that country.
8 12
Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign
country, you may experience the following problems and
should therefore consider the possibility of having to deal
with them:
1.The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and
other fuel-related parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.
2.We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave
the country in which you purchased your Kia new and
register it in another country, problems arising from the
use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject
to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like yours
may not be marketed in the new country of registration,
parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary to
maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical
specifications required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems.
3.There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area
in which you plan to register your vehicle.You may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a
foreign country for any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for problems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of
service outside of the United States.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)
The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to perform under all reasonably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical equipment is
installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is
installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehicle, including such systems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical charging system and
thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.
We assume no responsibility for any expense you may
incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result from the installation of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,
or recommended for installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,
or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid
damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and installation.
8 13
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to
meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read
and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE",
"CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions
regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and
defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer
Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
8 14
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia
Motors America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors
America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., West
Building Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain
other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY)
The following publications
www.KiaTechinfo.com.
are
available
on
Service manual:
This manual covers maintenance and recommended procedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It
is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual:
This manual complements the Service Manual by providing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual:
This manual describes the overall features and operating
procedures for the vehicle.
8 15
Index
I
Index
A
Active Eco System·························································5-45
Air bag warning label ····················································3-54
Air bag warning light·····················································3-34
Air bag ···········································································3-31
Air bag warning label··················································3-54
Air bag warning light ··················································3-34
Curtain air bag ·····························································3-46
Driver's and passenger's front air bag··························3-42
Occupant detection system··········································3-37
Side impact air bag······················································3-45
SRS components and functions···································3-34
Air cleaner ·····································································7-41
Air conditioning system···················································8-6
Antenna (Roof) ····························································4-125
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)····································5-26
Appearance care·····························································7-91
Exterior care ································································7-91
Interior care ·································································7-96
Ashtray·········································································4-118
Audio system ·······························································4-125
Antenna······································································4-125
Steering wheel audio control·····································4-126
Automatic climate control system ·································4-98
Air conditioning ························································4-105
I 2
Climate control air filter ············································4-107
Automatic transaxle ·······················································5-16
Shift lock ·····································································5-20
Sports mode ·································································5-18
Automatic transaxle fluid ··············································7-40
Aux, USB and iPod ·····················································4-127
B
Base curb weight ···························································5-61
Battery············································································7-48
Battery saver function····················································4-77
Before driving ··································································5-3
Bottle holders, see cup holders····································4-119
Brake system··································································5-22
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ····································5-26
Electronic stability program (ESC) ·····························5-27
Hill-start assist control·················································5-31
Parking brake·······························································5-24
Power brakes································································5-22
Vehicle stability management (VSM) ·························5-31
Brakes/clutch fluid·························································7-39
Bulb replacement ···························································7-78
Bulb wattage ····································································8-3
Index
C
Calendar ·······································································4-122
Capacities (Lubricants)····················································8-6
Care
Exterior care ································································7-91
Interior care ·································································7-96
Tire care·······································································7-51
Cargo capacity ·······························································5-57
Cargo weight··································································5-61
Center console storage·················································4-114
Central door lock switch················································4-19
Certification label ···················································5-59, 8-9
Chains
Tire chains ···································································5-53
Changing tires································································6-15
Checking tire inflation pressure·····································7-52
Child restraint system ····················································3-23
Automatic locking mode ·············································3-25
Lower anchor·······························································3-29
Tether anchor system···················································3-28
Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-20
Cigarette lighter ···························································4-118
Climate control air filter································4-96/107, 7-43
Clock (Digital) ·····························································4-122
Clothes hanger ·····························································4-123
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-46
Compact spare tire ·························································6-20
Compact spare tire replacement ····································7-55
Coolant···········································································7-36
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-36
Crankcase emission control system·······························7-98
Cruise control system ····················································5-35
Cup holder ···································································4-119
Curtain air bag ·······························································3-46
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination··································································4-47
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-46
Defogging (Windshield) ··············································4-109
Defogging logic (Windshield) ·····································4-111
Defroster (Rear window) ···············································4-87
Defrosting (Windshield) ··············································4-109
Digital clock·································································4-122
Dimensions ······································································8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination··································································4-47
Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-46
Door locks······································································4-17
Central door lock switch ·············································4-19
Child-protector rear door lock·····································4-20
I 3
Index
Drinks holders, see cup holders···································4-119
Driver's 3-point seat belt················································3-15
Driver's and passenger's front air bag····························3-42
Driving at night······························································5-49
Driving in flooded areas ················································5-50
Driving in the rain··························································5-50
E
Economical operation ····················································5-46
Electric power steering ··················································4-40
Electronic stability program (ESC) ·······························5-27
Emergency starting ··························································6-5
Jump starting ·································································6-5
Push starting ··································································6-7
Emergency while driving·················································6-3
Emission control system················································7-98
Crankcase emission control system·····························7-98
Evaporative emission control System ·························7-98
Exhaust emission control system ································7-99
Engine ··············································································8-2
Engine compartment························································2-6
Engine compartment panel fuse ····································7-68
Engine coolant ·······························································7-36
Engine coolcant temperature gauge·······························4-47
Engine number·······························································8-10
Engine oil·······································································7-35
I 4
Engine overheats······························································6-8
Engine START/STOP button···········································5-7
Engine will not start·························································6-4
Evaporative emission control System····························7-98
Exhaust emission control system···································7-99
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-32
Exterior care···································································7-91
Exterior overview I ··························································2-2
Exterior overview II·························································2-3
F
Flat tire (with spare tire) ················································6-14
Jack and tools ······························································6-14
Changing tires······························································6-15
Compact spare tire·······················································6-20
Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-15
Flat tire·····································································6-23, 29
Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-123
Fluid
Automatic transaxle fluid ············································7-40
Brakes/clutch fluid·······················································7-39
Washer fluid·································································7-40
Folding the outside rearviwe mirror ······························4-45
Folding the rear seat ······················································3-10
Front passenger and rear seat belt ·································3-17
Front seat adjustment·······················································3-4
Index
Fuel filler lid ··································································4-33
Fuel gauge······································································4-48
Fuel requirements ····························································1-3
Fuses ··············································································7-65
Engine compartment panel fuse ··································7-68
Fuse/relay panel description········································7-69
Instrument panel fuse ··················································7-66
Memory fuse································································7-67
Multi fuse ····································································7-68
G
Gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge ······························4-48
Fuel gauge ···································································4-48
GAW (Gross axle weight) ·············································5-61
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ································5-61
Glove box·····································································4-114
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ········································5-61
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ···························5-61
H
Hazard warning flasher··················································4-77
Hazardous driving conditions ········································5-48
Headrest(front)·································································3-5
Headrest(rear) ··································································3-9
Hight adjustment····························································3-16
Highway driving ····························································5-51
Hill-start assist control (HAC)·······································5-31
Hood···············································································4-31
Horn ···············································································4-42
How to use this manual ···················································1-2
I
Idle stop and go system (ISG) ·······································5-40
Immobilizer system ·······················································4-12
Indicators and warnings·················································4-59
Inside rearview mirror ···················································4-43
Instrument cluster ··························································4-46
Engine coolant temperature gauge ······························4-48
Fuel gauge ···································································4-48
Instrument panel illumination ·····································4-47
LCD display warning ··················································4-70
Maintenance ································································4-57
Odometer ·····································································4-49
Speedometer ································································4-47
Tachometer ··································································4-47
Trip computer ······························································4-50
User settings ································································4-55
Warning and indicators················································4-59
Instrument panel fuse·····················································7-66
Instrument panel illumination········································4-47
Instrument panel overview···············································2-5
I 5
Index
Interior care····································································7-96
Interior features····························································4-118
Ashtray ······································································4-118
Aux, USB and iPod ···················································4-127
Cigarette lighter ·························································4-118
Clothes hanger ···························································4-123
Cup holder ·································································4-118
Digital clock and calendar·········································4-122
Floor mat anchor(s) ···················································4-123
Power outlet·······························································4-121
Shopping bag holder ···················································4121
Sliding armrest ··························································4-120
Sunvisor ·····································································4-120
Interior light ···································································4-85
Interior overview······························································2-4
ISG system·····································································5-40
J
Jack and tools·································································6-14
Jump starting····································································6-5
K
Key positions ···································································5-5
Keys ·················································································4-3
Immobilizer key···························································4-11
Remote(or Smart) key battery replacement ················4-10
I 6
L
Label
Air bag warning label··················································3-54
Refrigerant label ··························································8-10
Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-56
Tire specification and pressure label ···························8-10
Vehicle certification label ··············································8-9
LCD display warning·····················································4-70
Light bulbs ·····································································7-77
Lighting··········································································4-77
Battery saver function··················································4-77
Lower anchor ·································································3-29
Lubricants and capacities·················································8-7
Luggage net ·································································4-115
Luggage tray ································································4-116
M
Maintenance···································································4-57
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ·············7-32
Maintenance services·····················································7-4
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-30
Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-9
Owner maintenance ·······················································7-6
Scheduled maintenance service·····································7-8
Tire maintenance ·························································7-56
Index
Maintenance schedule······················································7-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ·················7-30
Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-9
Maintenance services·······················································7-4
Manual climate control system······································4-88
Air conditioning ··························································4-94
Climate control air filter ··············································4-96
Heating and air conditioning ·······································4-89
Manual transaxle····························································5-13
Memory fuse··································································7-67
Mirrors ···········································································4-43
Day/night rearview mirror···········································4-43
Folding the outside rearviwe mirror····························4-45
Inside rearview mirror ·················································4-43
Outside rearview mirror ··············································4-43
Remote control ····························································4-44
Multi fuse·······································································7-68
O
Occupant detection system ············································3-37
Odometer ·······································································4-49
Oil (Engine) ···································································7-35
Outside rearview mirror·················································4-43
Outside rearview mirror remote control ························4-44
Overheats ·········································································6-8
Owner maintenance ·························································7-6
P
Parking brake························································5-24, 7-41
Power brakes··································································5-22
Power outlet ·································································4-121
Power window lock button ············································4-29
Pre-tensioner seat belt····················································3-18
Push starting·····································································6-7
R
Rear seat···········································································3-9
Rear-Camera Display·····················································4-76
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ··················7-51
Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-7
Recommended SAE viscosity number··························8-8
Refrigerant label ····························································8-10
Remote control (Mirror) ················································4-44
Remote keyless entry·······················································4-9
Remote(or Smart) key battery replacement···················4-11
Replacement light bulb ··················································7-78
Road warning···································································6-2
Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-48
Roof antenna································································4-125
I 7
Index
S
Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-30
Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-9
Seat belt warning ···························································3-14
Seat belts········································································3-13
3 Point rear center belt ················································3-15
Hight adjustment ·························································3-16
Pre-tensioner seat belt ·················································3-18
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system ······························3-15
Seat belt warning ·························································3-14
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat ···················3-17
Seat Warmer·····································································3-8
Seatback pocket ·······························································3-9
Seating capacity ·····························································5-57
Seats ·················································································3-2
Folding the rear seat ····················································3-10
Front seat adjustment·····················································3-4
Headrest(front) ······························································3-5
Headrest(rear) ································································3-9
Rear seat ········································································3-9
Seatback pocket ·····························································3-9
Warmer ··········································································3-8
Shift Lock ······································································5-20
Shopping bag holder····················································4-121
I 8
Side impact air bag ························································3-45
Smart key ·········································································4-6
Smooth cornering···························································5-49
Snow tires ······································································5-52
Spare tire
Compact spare tire·······················································6-20
Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-55
Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-15
Special driving conditions ·············································5-48
Driving at night ···························································5-49
Driving in flooded areas ··············································5-50
Driving in the rain ·······················································5-50
Hazardous driving conditions······································5-48
Highway driving ··························································5-51
Rocking the vehicle ·····················································5-48
Smooth cornering ························································5-49
Speedometer···································································4-47
Sports mode ···································································5-18
SRS components and functions ·····································3-34
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-4
Steering wheel ·······························································4-40
Electric power steering ················································4-40
Horn ·············································································4-42
Tilt & Telescoping steering ·········································4-41
Steering wheel audio control ·······································4-126
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ··················5-57
Index
Storage compartment ···················································4-114
Center console storage···············································4-114
Cool box ····································································4-115
Glove box ··································································4-114
Luggage net ·······························································4-115
Luggage tray······························································4-116
Sunroof···········································································4-36
Sunvisor ·······································································4-120
T
Tachometer·····································································4-47
Tailgate···········································································4-24
Emergency safety release ············································4-25
Telescoping steering ······················································4-41
Tether anchor system ·····················································3-28
Theft-alarm system ························································4-14
Tilt steering ····································································4-41
Tire and loading information label ································5-56
Tire chains······································································5-53
Tire mobility kit·······················································6-23, 29
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ·······················6-9
Tire specification and pressure label ·····························8-10
Tires and wheels·····················································7-51, 8-5
Checking tire inflation pressure ··································7-52
Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-55
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ················7-53
Tire care·······································································7-53
Tire maintenance ·························································7-56
Tire replacement ··························································7-55
Tire rotation ·································································7-53
Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-56
Tire traction ·································································7-56
Wheel alignment and tire balance ·······························7-53
Wheel replacement ······················································7-56
Towing ···········································································6-36
Towing capacity ·····························································5-57
Transaxle
Automatic transaxle·····················································5-16
Manual transaxle ·························································5-13
Trip computer ································································4-50
Trunk··············································································4-22
U
User settings···································································4-55
V
Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-5
Vehicle capacity weight ·················································5-56
Vehicle certification label ················································8-9
Vehicle curb weight ·······················································5-61
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders
Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-9
I 9
Index
Vehicle load limit···························································5-56
Cargo capacity ·····························································5-57
Certification label ························································5-59
Seating capacity···························································5-57
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ················5-57
Tire and loading information label······························5-56
Towing capacity···························································5-57
Vehicle capacity weight···············································5-56
Vehicle stability management (VSM) ···························5-31
Volume/weight ·································································8-6
Base curb weight ·························································5-61
Cargo weight ·······························································5-61
GAW (Gross axle weight) ···········································5-61
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-61
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ······································5-61
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-61
Vehicle curb weight ·····················································5-61
W
Warning and indicators ··················································4-59
Washer fluid···································································7-40
Weight/volume ·································································8-6
Wheel alignment and tire balance ·································7-54
Wheel replacement ························································7-56
Windows ········································································4-26
Auto down window ·····················································4-27
I 10
Auto up/down window ················································4-28
Power window lock button ··········································4-29
Windshield defrosting and defogging··························4-109
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Defogging logic ·························································4-111
Winter driving ································································5-52
Snow tires ····································································5-52
Tire chains ···································································5-53
Wiper blades ··································································7-45
Wipers and washers ·······················································4-81
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement